You are on page 1of 759

OWNER'S MANUAL

Operation
Maintenance
Specifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub-


lication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at
any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may
be carried out.

This manual applies to all of this vehicle and includes descriptions


and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a
result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to
your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect
the performance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions
of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation
of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or
state agencies.

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION


Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is
possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adverse-
ly affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the
radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary meas-
ures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

F2
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:

WARNING
This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you
or other persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the
warning.

CAUTION
This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equip-
ment if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

✽ NOTICE
This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

F3
FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who
drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of
which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read
it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized
Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance
that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please
leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION
Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do
not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the spec-
ifications listed on Page 8-6 and 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications and consumer information section of the
Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2015 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in
any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor
America.

F4
Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts In addition, any damage to or fail-
1.What are Hyundai Genuine Parts? ure of Hyundai Genuine Parts
caused by the installation or failure
Hyundai Genuine Parts are the of an imitation, counterfeit or used
same parts used by Hyundai Motor salvage part is not covered by any
Company to manufacture vehicles. Hyundai Warranty.
They are designed and tested for
the optimum safety, performance,
and reliability to our customers. 3. How can you tell if you are pur-
chasing Hyundai Genuine Parts?
2. Why should you use genuine Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts
parts? Logo on the package (see below).
Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi- Hyundai Genuine Parts for export
neered and built to meet rigid man- are packaged with labels written
ufacturing requirements. only in English.
Damage caused by using imitation, Hyundai Genuine Parts are only
counterfeit or used salvage parts is sold through authorized Hyundai
not covered under the Hyundai Dealerships.
A100A03L
New Vehicle Limited Warranty or
any other Hyundai warranty.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

F5
Introduction
How to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process / Vehicle handling instructions / 1
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders

Your vehicle at a glance 2


Exterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment

Safety features of your vehicle 3


Seats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag

Features of your vehicle


Keys / Door locks / Tailgate / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Panoramic sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors 4
/ Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Multimedia system / Etc.
table of contents Driving your vehicle
Before driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / All Wheel Drive (AWD) / Brake system / Cruise con- 5
trol system / Blind Spot Detection System / Active ECO system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.

What to do in an emergency 6
Road warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / TPMS / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.

Maintenance
Engine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid / 7
Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Light bulbs / Etc.

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects 8


Index I
Introduction

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1


Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Other fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Gasoline containing MMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . 1-6
Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


We want to help you get the greatest The general layout of the manual is Symbols used in this manual
possible driving experience from provided in the Table of Contents. A Warnings, Cautions and Notices
your vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual good place to start is the index; it has
can assist you in many ways. We an alphabetical listing of all informa-
strongly recommend that you read tion in your manual. WARNING
the entire manual. In order to mini- Sections: This manual has eight sec- A WARNING indicates that a
mize the chance of death or injury, tions plus an index. Each section condition may result in harm,
you must read the WARNING and begins with a brief list of contents so serious bodily injury or death if
CAUTION sections in the manual. you can tell at a glance if that section the warning is ignored.
Illustrations complement the text in has the information you want.
this manual to best explain how to You will find various WARNINGS,
use your vehicle. By reading your CAUTIONS, and NOTICES in this CAUTION
manual, you will learn about fea- manual. These WARNINGS were pre- A CAUTION indicates that a con-
tures, important safety information, pared to enhance your personal safe- dition may result in damage to
and driving tips under various road ty. You should carefully read and fol- your vehicle if the caution is
conditions. low ALL procedures and recommen- ignored.
dations provided in these WARN-
INGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.

Safety symbol in illustrations

The symbol means to "Avoid"


or "Do not do something".

1 2
Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain Gasoline containing alcohol and "E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-
maximum performance with UNLEAD- methanol prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
ED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and percent gasoline, and is manufac-
emissions and spark plug fouling. ethanol (also known as grain alco- tured exclusively for use in Flexible
hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-
Your new vehicle is designed to use taining methanol (also known as ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
only unleaded fuel having a pump wood alcohol) are being marketed may result in poor engine perform-
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 along with or instead of leaded or ance and damage to your vehicle's
(Research Octane Number 91) or unleaded gasoline. engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI
higher. (Do not use methanol blend- Do not use gasohol containing more recommends that customers do not
ed fuels.) than 10% ethanol, and do not use use fuel with an ethanol content
gasoline or gasohol containing any exceeding 10 percent.
Never add any fuel system cleaning methanol. Either of these fuels may
agents to the fuel tank other than what cause drivability problems and dam- ✽ NOTICE
has been specified. (Consult an age to the fuel system, engine con-
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
trol system and emission control sys- does not cover damage to the fuel
details.) tem. system or any performance prob-
Discontinue using gasohol of any lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.
WARNING - Refueling kind if drivability problems occur.
• Do not "top off" after the noz- Vehicle damage or drivability prob-
zle automatically shuts off lems may not be covered by the
when refueling. Attempts to manufacturer’s warranty if they result
force more fuel into the tank from the use of:
can cause fuel overflow onto 1. Gasohol containing more than
you and the ground causing a 10% ethanol.
risk of fire. 2. Gasoline or gasohol containing
• Always check that the fuel cap methanol.
is installed securely to pre- 3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
vent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.

1 3
Introduction

Other fuels This type of fuel can reduce vehicle These gasolines will help the engine
Using fuels such as; performance and affect your emis- run cleaner and enhance perform-
- Silicone (Si) contained fuel, sion control system. ance of the Emission Control System.
- Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and The malfunction indicator lamp on For more information on TOP TIER
the cluster may come on. Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
- Other metallic additives contained website (www.toptiergas.com)
fuels,
Do not use methanol For customers who do not use TOP
may cause vehicle and engine dam- Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and
age or cause plugging, misfiring, Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your have problems starting their vehicle or
poor acceleration, engine stalling, the engine does not run smoothly,
catalyst melting, abnormal corrosion, vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage additives that you can buy separately
life cycle reduction, etc. may be added to the gasoline.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp components of the fuel system,
engine control system and emission If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
(MIL) may illuminate. available, one bottle of additive added
control system.
to the fuel tank at every 7,500mile or
✽ NOTICE every engine oil change is recom-
Damage to the fuel system or per-
✽ NOTICE mended. Additives are available from
formance problem caused by the use Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty your authorized HYUNDAI dealer
of these fuels may not be covered by may not cover damage to the fuel along with information on how to use
your New Vehicle Limited system and any performance prob- them. Do not mix other additives.
Warranty. lems that are caused by the use of
fuels containing methanol.
Operation in foreign countries
Gasoline containing MMT If you are going to drive your vehicle
Some gasoline contains harmful man- Fuel Additives
in another country, be sure to:
ganese-based fuel additives such as HYUNDAI recommends that you use
good quality gasolines treated with • Observe all regulations regarding
MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl registration and insurance.
Manganese Tricarbonyl). detergent additives such as TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help • Determine that acceptable fuel is
HYUNDAI does not recommend the available.
use of gasoline containing MMT. prevent deposit formation in the
engine.

1 4
Introduction

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS VEHICLE HANDLING


No special break-in period is needed. INSTRUCTIONS
By following a few simple precautions CALIFORNIA PROPO- As with other vehicles of this type,
for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you SITION 65 WARNING failure to operate this vehicle correct-
may add to the performance, econo- Items contained in motor vehi- ly may result in loss of control, an
my and life of your vehicle. cles or emitted from them are accident or vehicle rollover.
• Do not race the engine. known to the State of California Specific design characteristics (high-
• While driving, keep your engine to cause cancer and birth er ground clearance, track, etc.) give
speed (rpm, or revolutions per defects or reproductive harm. this vehicle a higher center of gravity
minute) between 2,000 rpm and These include: than other types of vehicles. It is not
4,000 rpm. • Gasoline and its vapors designed for cornering at the same
• Do not maintain a single speed for • Engine exhaust speeds as a conventional 2-wheel
long periods of time, either fast or • Used engine oil drive sedans or sports coupe. Avoid
slow. Varying engine speed is sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
• Interior passenger compart-
needed to properly break-in the Failure to operate this vehicle cor-
ment components and materi-
engine. rectly may result in loss of control, an
als
• Avoid hard stops, except in emer- accident or vehicle rollover. Be sure
• Component parts which are to read the “Reducing the risk of a
gencies, to allow the brakes to seat subject to heat and wear
properly. rollover” driving guidelines, in
In addition, battery posts, termi- section 5 of this manual.
nals and related accessories
contain lead, lead compounds
and other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and reproductive harm.

1 5
Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS


This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet- To read data recorded by an EDR,
event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum- special equipment is required, and
main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and access to the vehicle or the EDR is
record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are needed. In addition to the vehicle
crash-like situations, such as an recorded by your vehicle only if a manufacturer, other parties, such
air bag deployment or hitting a non-trivial crash situation occurs; as law enforcement, that have the
road obstacle, data that will assist no data are recorded by the EDR special equipment, can read the
in understanding how a vehicle's under normal driving conditions information if they have access to
systems performed. The EDR is and no personal data (e.g., name, the vehicle or the EDR.
designed to record data related to gender, age, and crash location)
vehicle dynamics and safety sys- are recorded. However, other par-
tems for a short period of time, ties, such as law enforcement,
typically 30 seconds or less. The could combine the EDR data with
EDR in this vehicle is designed to the type of personally identifying
record such data as: data routinely acquired during a
• How various systems in your crash investigation.
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was travel-
ing.

1 6
Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview .I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2


Exterior overview
Interior overview (I).
II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2-4
Interior overview (II)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2-5
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2-6 2
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2-7
Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view

1. Panoramic sunroof ..............................4-47


2. Front windshield wiper blades .............7-43
3. Outside rearview mirror.......................4-67
4. Door locks ...........................................4-21
5. Headlight .............................................7-75
6. Front fog light.....................................4-116
7. Hood ....................................................4-41
8. Tires and wheels.........................7-48 / 8-4

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


ONCEIN2001

2 2
Your vehicle at a glance

■ Rear view

1. Antenna .............................................4-161
2. Defroster............................................4-124
3. Parking assist system........................4-105
4. Fuel filler door .....................................4-43
5. Towing hook.........................................6-31
6. Rear combination lamp .......................7-79
7. Rear window wiper blade ....................7-44
8. High mounted stop lamp .....................7-81
9. Rearview camera ..............................4-109

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


ONCEIN2002

2 3
Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW (I)

1. Inside door handle...............................4-23


2. Driver position memory system.............3-8
3. Outside rearview mirror control ...........4-67
4. Power window lock button ...................4-40
5. Central door lock switch ......................4-23
6. Power window switch...........................4-36
7. Fuel-filler door opener .........................4-43
8. Instrument panel illumination
control knob.........................................4-72
9. DBC button..........................................5-40
10. ESC OFF button................................5-35
11. Active ECO button.............................5-56
12. Heated steering wheel button ...........4-53
13. AWD LOCK button ............................5-22
14. AC inverter button ...........................4-153
15. BSD on/off button ..............................5-50
16. Steering wheel...................................4-53
17. Tilt and telescopic steering
control lever .......................................4-54
18. Inner panel fuse ................................7-63
19. Hood release lever ............................4-41
20. Seat .....................................................3-2

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


ONCNIN3003

2 4
Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW (II)

1. Power outlet.......................................4-152
2. Aux, USB and iPod® ..........................4-156
3. Seat warmer/
Air ventilation seat button ...............3-13/3-14
4. Parking assist system button.............4-105
5. Transaxle shift lever .............................5-14
6. Cup holder.........................................4-150

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


OANNIN2006

2 5
Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Lighting control lever .........................4-112


2. Audio remote control buttons ............4-161
3. Bluetooth hands-free
buttons ..................................4-196 / 4-247
4. Cruise control button ...........................5-46
5. Driver selectable steering mode button ..4-55
6. LCD display control buttons ................4-72
7. Horn.....................................................4-54
8. Driver’s front air bag ............................3-62
9. Wiper and washer control lever .........4-117
10. Ignition switch/
Engine start/stop button..............5-6 / 5-9
11. Audio ...............................................4-161
12. Hazard warning flasher ...................4-110
13. Climate control system .......4-125 / 4-135
14. Passenger’s front air bag ..................3-62
15. Glove box ........................................4-147

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


OANNIN2004

2 6
Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline 3.3L GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir .....................7-33


2. Engine oil filler cap ..............................7-30
3. Brake fluid reservoir ............................7-35
4. Air cleaner ...........................................7-38
5. Fuse box..............................................7-63
6. Negative battery terminal ....................7-45
7. Positive battery terminal ......................7-45
8. Radiator cap ........................................7-34
9. Engine oil dipstick................................7-30
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir......7-37

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ONCEIN2007

2 7
Safety features of your vehicle

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 • Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68


• Front seat adjustment - Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 • SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
• Front seat adjustment - Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 • Additional safety precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
• Driver position memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 • Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 3
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
• Tether Anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
• Securing a child restraint seat with
child seat lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Air bag - supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . 3-49
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
• Do not Installing a child restraint on a front
passenger's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
• Occupant classification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
• Main components of occupant classification system . 3-57
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
• Side impact air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Safety features of your vehicle

SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)
(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*
(5) Seat warmer* /
Manual seat Air ventilation seat*
(6) Headrest

2nd row seat


(7) Forward and backward
Power seat (8) Seatback angle and folding
(9) Walk-in seat lever
(10) Headrest
(11) Armrest
(12) Seat warmer*

3rd row seat


(13) Seatback folding
(14) Headrest

* if equipped
ONCNSA3001
❈ The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3 2
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING - Driver’s seat


objects responsibility for passengers To avoid serious injury or death:
Loose objects in the driver’s Riding in a vehicle with the • Never attempt to adjust the
foot area could interfere with seatback reclined could lead to seat while the vehicle is mov-
the operation of the foot pedals, serious or fatal injury in an acci- ing. This could result in loss
possibly causing an accident. dent. If a seat is reclined during of control, and an accident
Do not place anything under the an accident, the occupant’s causing death, serious injury,
front seats. hips may slide under the lap or property damage.
portion of the seat belt, apply-
• Do not allow anything to inter-
ing great force to the unprotect-
fere with the normal position
ed abdomen. Serious or fatal
WARNING - Uprighting internal injuries could result.
of the seatback. Storing items
seat against a seatback or in any
The driver must advise the pas-
When you return the seatback other way interfering with
senger to keep the seatback in
to its upright position, hold the proper locking of a seatback
an upright position whenever
seatback and return it slowly could result in serious or fatal
the vehicle is in motion.
and be sure there are no other injury in a sudden stop or col-
occupants around the seat. If lision.
the seatback is returned with- • In order to avoid unnecessary
out being held and controlled, WARNING and perhaps severe air bag
the back of the seat could Occupants should never sit on injuries, always sit as far back
spring forward resulting in acci- seat cushions. The passenger's as possible from the steering
dental injury to a person struck hips may slide under the lap wheel while maintaining com-
by the seatback. portion of the seat belt during fortable control of the vehicle.
an accident or a sudden stop. We recommend that your
Serious or fatal internal injuries chest be at least 10 inches
could result because the seat (250 mm) away from the steer-
belt cannot operate normally. ing wheel.

3 3
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Rear (Continued) WARNING


seatbacks • Luggage and other cargo • Do not adjust the seat while
should be laid flat in the cargo wearing seat belts. Moving the
• The rear seatback must be
area or on the folded rear seat cushion forward may
securely latched. If not, pas-
seatback. If objects are large, cause strong pressure on the
sengers and objects could be
heavy, or must be piled, they abdomen.
thrown forward resulting in
must be secured. Under no
serious injury or death in the • Use extreme caution so that
circumstances should cargo
event of a sudden stop or col- hands or other objects are not
be piled higher than the seat-
lision. caught in the seat mechanisms
backs. Failure to follow these
• No passenger should ride in warnings could result in seri- while the seat is moving.
the cargo area or sit or lie on ous injury or death in the • Do not place a cigarette
folded seatbacks while the event of a sudden stop, colli- lighter on the floor or seat.
vehicle is moving. All passen- sion or rollover. When you operate the seat,
gers must be properly seated gas may exit out of the lighter
in seats and restrained prop- and cause a fire.
erly while riding.
WARNING • Use extreme caution when
• When resetting the seatback picking small objects trapped
to the upright position, make After adjusting the seat, always
check that it is securely locked under the seats or between
sure it is securely latched by the seat and the center con-
pushing it forward and rear- into place by attempting to
move the seat forward or sole. Your hands might be cut
wards. or injured by the sharp edges
reverse without using the lock
• To avoid the possibility of release lever. Sudden or unex- of the seats mechanism.
burns, do not remove the car- pected movement of the dri-
pet in the cargo area. Emission ver's seat could cause you to
control devices beneath this lose control of the vehicle
floor generate high tempera- resulting in an accident.
tures.
(Continued)

3 4
Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - Manual Seatback angle Seat cushion height


(if equipped) (for driver’s seat) (if equipped)
Forward and rearward

ONCESA2003
To recline the seatback: ONCESA2004
ONCESA2002
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the To change the height of the seat
To move the seat forward or rearward: seatback recline lever. cushion, push the lever upwards or
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment 2. Carefully lean back on the seat downwards.
lever up and hold it. and adjust the seatback of the • To lower the seat cushion, push the
seat to the position you desire. lever down several times.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure • To raise the seat cushion, pull the
the seatback is locked in place. lever up several times.
3. Release the lever and make sure (The lever MUST return to its orig-
the seat is locked in place. inal position for the seatback to
Adjust the seat before driving, and lock.)
make sure the seat is locked secure-
ly by trying to move forward and rear-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.

3 5
Safety features of your vehicle

2-way lumbar support Front seat adjustment - power


(for driver’s seat) (if equipped) CAUTION
The front seat can be adjusted by • The power seat is driven by an
using the control knobs located on electric motor. Stop operating
the outside of the seat cushion. once the adjustment is com-
Before driving, adjust the seat to the pleted. Excessive operation
proper position so as to easily con- may damage the electrical
trol the steering wheel, pedals and equipment.
switches on the instrument panel. • When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large amount
of electrical power. To prevent
WARNING unnecessary battery drain,
The power seat is operable with don’t adjust the power seat
the ignition OFF. longer than necessary while
ONCESA2005 the engine is not running.
Therefore, children should never
1. Press the front portion of the be left unattended in the vehicle. • Do not operate two or more
switch to increase support or the power seat control knobs at the
rear portion of the switch to same time. Doing so may result
decrease support. in power seat motor or electri-
2. Release the switch once it reach- cal component malfunction.
es the desired position.

3 6
Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward Seatback angle

ONCESA2009

ONCESA2006 ONCESA2007
Seat height (for driver’s seat)
1. Push the control switch forward or 1. Push the control switch forward or 1. Pull the front portion of the control
backward to move the seat to the backward to move the seatback to switch up to raise or down to lower
desired position. the desired angle. the front part of the seat cushion.
Pull the rear portion of the control
2. Release the switch once the seat 2. Release the switch once the seat switch up to raise or down to lower
reaches the desired position. reaches the desired position. the seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.

3 7
Safety features of your vehicle

4-way lumbar support Driver position memory system


(for driver’s seat, if equipped) (if equipped, for power seat) WARNING
Never attempt to operate the
driver position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident causing
death, serious injury, or property
damage.

Storing positions into memory


using the buttons on the door
ONCESA2008 ODM042335 Storing driver’s seat positions
The lumbar support can be adjusted A driver position memory system is 1. Shift the shift lever into P or N
by pressing the switch. provided to store and recall the driv- while the engine start/stop button
1. Press the front portion (1) of the er seat and outside rearview mirror is ON or ignition switch ON.
switch to increase support, or the position with a simple button opera- 2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out-
rear portion (2) of the switch, to tion. By saving the desired position side rearview mirror to a position
decrease support. into the system memory, different that is comfortable for the driver.
2. Release the switch once it reach- drivers can reposition the driver seat 3. Press SET button on the control
es the desired position. based upon their driving preference. panel. The system will beep once.
If the battery is disconnected, the posi-
3. Press the upper portion (3) of the 4. Press one of the memory buttons
switch to move the support posi- tion memory will be erased and the
(1 or 2) within 5 seconds after
tion up, or press the lower portion driving position should be restored in
pressing the SET button. The sys-
(4) of the switch, to move the sup- the system.
tem will beep twice when memory
port position down. has been successfully stored.
4. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.
3 8
Safety features of your vehicle

Recalling positions from memory Easy access function


The position in memory will be WARNING (if equipped)
recalled when: Use caution when recalling the The system will move the driver's
1. The shift lever is in P or N with one adjustment memory while sit- seat automatically as follows:
of the condition below: ting in the vehicle. Push the • Without smart key system
seat position control switch to - It will move the driver’s seat rear-
- The ignition switch in the ON the desired position immediate-
position or engine running. ward when the ignition key is
ly if the seat moves too far in removed and front driver’s door is
- The ignition switch in the any direction.
LOCK/OFF or ACC position opened.
while the driver's door is opened. - It will move the driver’s seat for-
2. Press the desired memory button ward when the ignition key is
(1 or 2). The system will beep inserted.
once, then the driver’s seat will • With smart key system
automatically adjust to the stored - It will move the driver’s seat rear-
position. ward when the engine start/stop
Adjusting the control switch for the button is changed to the OFF
driver’s seat while the system is position and front driver’s door is
recalling the stored position will opened.
cause the movement to stop and - It will move the driver’s seat for-
move in the direction that the control ward when the engine start/stop
switch is moved. button is changed to the ACC or
START position.

You can activate or deactivate this


feature. Refer to "User settings" in
section 4.

3 9
Safety features of your vehicle

Headrest Forward and backward adjustment


WARNING - Headrest
adjustment
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the head-
rest should be adjusted so the
middle of the headrest is at the
same height as the center of
gravity of an occupant's head.
Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is simi-
lar with the height of the top of
their eyes.
OHM038048N ONCESA2015
Also adjust the headrest as
The driver's and front passenger's close to your head as possi- The headrest may be adjusted for-
seats are equipped with a headrest ble. For this reason, the use of ward to 4 different positions by pulling
for the occupant's safety and comfort. a cushion that holds the body the headrest forward to the desired
The headrest not only provides com- away from the seatback is not detent. To adjust the headrest to
fort for the driver and front passenger, recommended. backwards position, press and hold
but also helps to protect the head and • Do not operate the vehicle the release button (1), and adjust
neck in the event of a collision. with the headrests removed. position of the headrest. Adjust the
Severe injury to an occupant headrest so that it properly supports
may occur in the event of an the head and neck.
accident. Headrests may pro-
vide protection against severe
neck injuries when properly
adjusted.
• Do not adjust the headrest
position of the driver's seat
while the vehicle is in motion.

3 10
Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down Removal and installation


■ Type A

OYFH034205 ONCNSA3150
■ Type B
ONCESA2016
CAUTION
To raise the headrest :
If you recline the seatback
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). towards the front with the head-
rest and seat cushion raised,
To lower the headrest : the headrest may come in con-
1. Push and hold the release button tact with the sunvisor or other
(2) on the headrest support parts of the vehicle.
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3). ONCNSA3152

To remove the headrest:


1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.

3 11
Safety features of your vehicle

3. Press the headrest release button ■ Type A 3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-
(3) while pulling the headrest up priate height.
(4).
WARNING
WARNING Always make sure the headrest
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a locks into position after rein-
seat with the headrest removed. stalling and adjusting it properly.

ONCNSA3151
■ Type B

ONCNSA3153
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever or switch (3).

3 12
Safety features of your vehicle

Seat warmer (if equipped) With the ignition switch in the ON


position, push either of the switches CAUTION
■ Type A
(red color) to warm the driver's seat • When cleaning the seats, do
or the front passenger's seat. not use an organic solvent
During mild weather or under condi- such as thinner, benzene,
tions where the operation of the seat alcohol and gasoline. Doing
warmer is not needed, keep the so may damage the surface of
switches in the OFF position. the heater or seats.
• Each time you push the button, the • To prevent overheating the
temperature setting of the seat is seat warmer, do not place any-
changed as follows : thing on the seats that insu-
lates against heat, such as
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) blankets, cushions or seat
OANNSA2018
covers while the seat warmer

■ Type B
is in operation.
• The seat warmer defaults to the • Do not place heavy or sharp
OFF position whenever the ignition objects on seats equipped
switch is turned on. with seat warmers. Damage to
• With the seat warmer switch in the the seat warming components
ON position, the heating system in could occur.
the seat turns off or on automati-
cally depending on the seat tem-
perature.

OANNSA2019

The seat warmer is provided to warm


the front seats during cold weather.

3 13
Safety features of your vehicle

Air ventilation seat (if equipped) • Each time you press the button, the
WARNING - Seat warmer airflow will change as follows:
burns
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
Never allow passengers who


may not be able to take care of
themselves to be exposed to
the risk of seat warmer burns. • The air ventilation seat defaults to
These include: the OFF position whenever the igni-
tion switch is turned on.
1. Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin
or those that burn easily OANNSA2020

3. Fatigued individuals The air ventilation seat is provided to


4. Intoxicated individuals cool the front seats during hot weath-
er by blowing air through small vent
5. Individuals taking medication holes on the surface of the seats.
that can cause drowsiness or While the engine is running, press
sleepiness (sleeping pills, the cooling portion (blue color) of the
cold tablets, etc.) switch to cool the driver's seat or the
front passenger's seat.
When the operation of the seat cool-
er is not needed, keep the switches
in the OFF position.

3 14
Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback pocket Rear seat adjustment


WARNING Forward and backward
For proper operation of the (if equipped)
occupant classification system:
■ 7-seater
• Do not place any items cumu-
latively weighing over 2.2 lbs
(1 kg) in the seatback pocket
or on the seat.

OCM030052
OANNSA2021
■ 6-seater
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pocket.
An occupant could contact such
objects in a crash. Heavy objects
in the front passenger seatback
could also interfere with the
occupant sensing system.
ONCDSA2113

To move the seat forward or backward:


1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.

3 15
Safety features of your vehicle

2. Slide the seat to the position you Seatback angle 3. Release the lever and make sure
desire. the seatback is locked in place. (The
■ 7-seater
3. Release the lever and make sure lever MUST return to its original
the seat is locked in place. position for the seatback to lock.)
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and back-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.

OANNSA2022
■ 6-seater

ONCDSA3125

To recline the seatback:


1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat-
back of the seat to the position you
desire.

3 16
Safety features of your vehicle

Headrest (for rear seat) Adjusting the height up and down


(Continued)
- 2nd row
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the head-
rest should be adjusted so the
middle of the headrest is at the
same height as the center of
gravity of an occupant's head.
Generally, the center of gravi-
ty of most people's head is
similar with the height of the
top of their eyes.
Also adjust the headrest as
OHM038049N
close to your head as possi-
The rear seat(s) is equipped with ble. For this reason, the use of OANNSA2024
headrests in all the seating positions a cushion that holds the body To raise the headrest :
for the occupant's safety and comfort. away from the seatback is not
recommended. 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
The headrest not only provides com-
fort for passengers, but also helps to • Do not operate the vehicle
protect the head and neck in the with the headrests removed. To lower the headrest :
event of a collision. Severe injury to an occupant 1. Push and hold the release button
may occur in the event of an (2) on the headrest support
WARNING - Headrest accident. Headrests may pro- 2. Lower the headrest to the desired
adjustment vide protection against severe position (3).
neck injuries when properly
adjusted.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
(Continued) motion.

3 17
Safety features of your vehicle

Removal and installation Fold the headrest - 3rd row


- 2nd row WARNING
• Make sure the headrest locks
in position after adjusting it to
properly protect the occu-
pants.
• After installing the headrest,
make sure that it is installed
in the right direction.
A headrest installed reversely
could increase whiplash
injury during rear impact.
ONCESA2106
OANNSA2025
To fold the headrest :
To remove the headrest : Pull the strap.
1. Raise it as far as it can go then
press the release button (1) while
pulling the headrest up (2).

To reinstall the headrest :


1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.

3 18
Safety features of your vehicle

Unfold the headrest - 3rd row Armrest Seat warmer


■ 7-seater
(for rear seat, if equipped)

OANNSA2028
■ 6-seater
ONCESA2107
ODM032026
To unfold the headrest :
Raise the headrest manually. The seat warmer is provided to warm
the rear seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the rear seats.
During mild weather or under condi-
ONCESA2108 tions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
To use the armrest, pull it forward switches in the OFF position.
from the seatback.

3 19
Safety features of your vehicle

• Each time you push the button, the


temperature setting of the seat is CAUTION WARNING - Seat warmer
changed as follows : • When cleaning the seats, do burns
not use an organic solvent Never allow passengers who
OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( )
such as thinner, benzene, may not be able to take care of

alcohol and gasoline. Doing themselves to be exposed to


so may damage the surface of the risk of seat warmer burns.
• The seat warmer defaults to the the heater or seats. These include:
OFF position whenever the ignition • To prevent overheating the
switch is turned on. 1. Infants, children, elderly or
seat warmer, do not place any- disabled persons, or hospital
• With the seat warmer switch in the thing on the seats that insu- outpatients
ON position, the heating system in lates against heat, such as
the seat turns off or on automati- blankets, cushions or seat 2. Persons with sensitive skin
cally depending on the seat tem- covers while the seat warmer or those that burn easily
perature. is in operation. 3. Fatigued individuals
• Do not place heavy or sharp 4. Intoxicated individuals
objects on seats equipped 5. Individuals taking medication
with seat warmers. Damage to that can cause drowsiness or
the seat warming components sleepiness (sleeping pills,
could occur. cold tablets, etc.)

3 20
Safety features of your vehicle

Walk-in seat Folding the rear seat


(2nd row seat, if equipped) The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.

WARNING
• Never allow passengers to sit
on top of the folded down
seatback while the vehicle is
ODM032027 ONCESA2109 moving. This is not a proper
3.The 2nd row seatback will be fold- seating position and no seat
ed and push the seat to the far- belts are available for use.
thest forward position. This could result in serious
injury or death in case of an
After getting in or out, slide the 2nd accident or sudden stop.
row seat to the farthest rearward
position and pull the seatback firm- • Objects carried on the folded
ly backward until it clicks into place. down seatback should not
Make sure that the seat is locked in extend higher than the top of
place. the front seatbacks. Doing
ONCESA2110
this could allow cargo to slide
forward and cause injury or
To get in or out of the 3rd row seat, WARNING damage during sudden stops.
1. Route the seat belt webbing Never attempt to adjust while
through the rear seat belt guide clip. the vehicle is moving or while
After inserting the seat belt, tighten the 2nd row seat is occupied as
the belt webbing by pulling it up. the seat may suddenly move
and cause the seated passenger
2. Pull up the walk-in lever (1) on the to be injured.
2nd row seatback.

3 21
Safety features of your vehicle

■ 2nd row seat To fold down the rear seatback


1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in
the pocket between the rear seat-
back and cushion, and insert the
rear seat belt webbing in the guide
to prevent the seat belt from being
damaged.
2. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.

■ 3rd row seat

ODM032034/OXM039030/ODM032027/ODM032035

3 22
Safety features of your vehicle

■ 2nd row seat 4.Pull on the seatback folding lever,


then fold the seat toward the front
of the vehicle. When you return the
seatback to its upright position,
always be sure it has locked into
position by pushing on the top of
the seatback.
5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward by pulling
on the folding lever (2nd row) or
strap (3rd row).
Pull the seatback firmly until it
clicks into place.
■ 3rd row seat
Make sure the seatback is locked
in place.
6.Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.

OANNSA2026/ONCESA2100/OANNSA2027/ONCESA2102

3 23
Safety features of your vehicle

2nd row seat folding To fold down the rear center seat-
(from outside, if equipped) WARNING - Rear seat back (for 2nd row seat)
folding
Do not fold the rear seats (2nd &
3rd row seats), if passengers,
pets or luggage are in the rear
seats.
It may cause injury or damage
to passengers, pets or luggage.

ONCDSA3116 ONCESA2104

Pull the 2nd row seat back folding 1. Lower the rear headrests to the
lever out. lowest position.
The 2nd row seat back will be folded. 2. Push the center seatback folding
lever up, then fold the seat toward
If you pull the left side lever (1) out,
the front of the vehicle.
left side seat back and center seat
back will be folded.
If you pull the right side lever (2) out, When you return the seatback to its
right side seat back will be folded. upright position, always be sure it
has locked into position by pushing
on the top of the seatback.

3 24
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - 2nd row center WARNING - Uprighting CAUTION - Damaging


seat folding seat rear seat belt buckles
When you return the seatback When you fold the rear (2nd
to its upright position, hold the and/or 3rd row) seatback, insert
seatback and return it slowly. If the buckle in the pocket between
the seatback is returned with- the rear seatback and cushion.
out holding it, the back of the Doing so can prevent the buckle
• Do not fold the 2nd row center seat could spring forward from being damaged by the rear
seat, if occupants are seated resulting in injury caused by seatback.
in the 3rd row seats, it may being struck by the seatback.
cause injury to occupants by
the seat device. CAUTION - Rear seat belts
If occupants are seated in the WARNING - 2nd row LH When returning the rear (2nd
3rd row seats, fix the upright seat folding and/or 3rd row) seatbacks to the
position of the 2nd row center upright position, remember to
seat. return the rear shoulder belts to
• The 2nd row center seat back their proper position. Routing the
does not fix when it is folded. seat belt webbing through the
If you use the 2nd row center rear seat belt guides will help
seat back folding function to keep the belts from being trapped
carry long objects, you should behind or under the seats.
fix the long object to prevent it
from being thrown about the
vehicle in a collision and Be careful when you fold the
causing injury to vehicle 2nd row LH seat, if the center
occupants. seat is folded. It may cause the
injury to you by the seat device.

3 25
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Cargo
Cargo should always be
secured to prevent it from being
thrown about the vehicle in a
collision and causing injury to
the vehicle occupants. Do not
place objects in the rear (2nd
and/or 3rd row) seats, since they
cannot be properly secured and
may hit the front seat occupants
in a collision. OUN026140

WARNING
WARNING - Cargo loading If the liftgate (tailgate) is pushed
Make sure the engine is off, the down to close it when a passen-
automatic transaxle is in P (Park) ger's head is not against a prop-
and the parking brake is secure- erly adjusted headrest or a tall
ly applied whenever loading or person is seated, the liftgate
unloading cargo. Failure to take (tailgate) may hit the occupant's
these steps may allow the vehi- head, which could cause injury.
cle to move if the shift lever is
inadvertently moved to another
position.

3 26
Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system (Continued) WARNING
• Never wear the shoulder belt Seat belts are designed to bear
WARNING under your arm or behind
• For maximum restraint sys- upon the bony structure of the
your back. An improperly body, and should be worn low
tem protection, the seat belts positioned shoulder belt can
must always be used whenev- across the front of the pelvis,
cause serious injuries in a chest and shoulders, as appli-
er the car is moving. crash. The shoulder belt cable; wearing the lap section
• Seat belts are most effective should be positioned midway of the belt across the abdominal
when seatbacks are in the over your shoulder across area must be avoided.
upright position. your collarbone.
Seat belts should be adjusted
• Children age 12 and younger • Always wear both the shoul- as firmly as possible, consis-
must always be properly der portion and lap portion of tent with comfort, to provide the
restrained in the rear seat. the lap/shoulder belt. protection for which they have
Never allow children to ride in • Avoid wearing twisted seat been designed.
the front passenger seat. If a belts. A twisted belt can't do
child over 12 must be seated A slack belt will greatly reduce
its job as well. In a collision, it the protection afforded to the
in the front seat, he/she must could even cut into you. Be
be properly belted and the occupant.
sure the belt webbing is
seat should be moved as far straight and not twisted. (Continued)
back as possible. • Be careful not to damage the
(Continued) belt webbing or hardware. If
the belt webbing or hardware
is damaged, replace it.

3 27
Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)


(Continued) WARNING
Care should be taken to avoid • No modifications or additions
contamination of the webbing should be made by the user
with polishes, oils and chemi- which will either prevent the
cals and particularly battery seat belt adjusting devices
acid. Cleaning may safely be from operating to remove
carried out using mild soap and slack, or prevent the seat belt
water. The belt should be assembly from being adjusted
replaced if webbing becomes to remove slack.
frayed, contaminated or dam- • When you fasten the seat belt,
aged. It is essential to replace be careful not to latch the seat
the entire assembly after it has belt in the buckles of another.
been worn in a severe impact It's very dangerous and you 1GQA2083
even if damage to the assembly may not be protected by the The driver's seat belt warning light
is not obvious. Belts should not seat belt properly. and chime will activate to the follow-
be worn with straps twisted.
• Do not unfasten the seat belt ing table when the ignition switch is
Each seat belt assembly must
and do not fasten and unfas- in "ON" position.
only be used by one occupant;
ten the seat belt repeatedly
it is dangerous to put a belt while driving. This could result
around a child being carried on in loss of control, and an acci-
the occupant's lap. dent causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
• Make sure there is nothing in
the buckle. The seat belt may
not be fastened securely.

3 28
Safety features of your vehicle

Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt - Driver's and passen- The seat belt automatically adjusts to
Vehicle Chime- ger’s 3-point system with emer- the proper length only after the lap
Seat Belt Light-Blink belt portion is adjusted manually so
Speed Sound gency locking retractor
Unbuckled 6 seconds
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
Buckled 6 seconds None
motion, the belt will extend and let
Below 3 mph you move around. If there is a sud-
6 seconds None
(5 km/h) den stop or impact, however, the belt
Buckled → 3 mph~ will lock into position. It will also lock
6 seconds
Unbuckled 6 mph if you try to lean forward too quickly.
Above 6 mph 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off If you are not able to pull out the seat
(10 km/h) (11 times) belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
Above 6 mph belt out and release it. Then you will
(10 km/h) 6 seconds *1 be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
Unbuckled ↓ ↓
B180A01NF-1
Below 3 mph Stop *2
(5 km/h) To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times the retractor and insert the metal tab
with an interval of 24 seconds. If (1) into the buckle (2). There will be
the driver's seat belt is buckled, the an audible "click" when the tab locks
light will stop within 6 seconds and into the buckle.
chime will stop immediately.
*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds
and chime will stop immediately.

3 29
Safety features of your vehicle

Height adjustment (Front) To raise the height adjuster, pull it up


(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
Front seat
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.

B200A02NF

OCM030026
You can adjust the height of the shoul- WARNING
der belt anchor to one of 4 positions Improperly positioned seat
for maximum comfort and safety. belts may increase the risk of
The shoulder portion should be serious injury in an accident.
adjusted so that it lies across your Take the following precautions
chest and midway over your shoulder when adjusting the seat belt:
nearest the door and not your neck. • Position the lap portion of the
The height of the adjusting seat belt seat belt as low as possible
should not be too near your neck. across your hips, not on your
To adjust the height of the seat belt waist, so that it fits snugly.
anchor, lower or raise the height (Continued)
adjuster into an appropriate position.

3 30
Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belts - Rear seat 3-point sys- When the seat belt is fully extended
(Continued) from the retractor to allow the instal-
tem with combination locking
• Position one arm under the retractor lation of a child restraint system, the
shoulder belt and the other seat belt operation changes to allow
over the belt, as shown in the To fasten your seat belt:
the belt to retract, but not to extend
illustration. Combination retractor type seat belts (Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
• Always position the shoulder are installed in the rear seat positions Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-
to help accommodate the installation tem” in this section.
belt anchor into the locked
of child restraint systems. Although a
position at the appropriate To convert from the automatic lock-
combination retractor is also installed
height. ing feature to the emergency locking
in the front passenger seat position, it
• Never position the shoulder is strongly recommended that children operation mode, allow the unbuckled
belt across your neck or face. always be seated in the rear seat. seat belt to fully retract.
NEVER place any infant restraint sys-
tem in the front seat of the vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency lock-
ing retractor seat belt and an auto-
matic locking retractor seat belt. To
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab into
the buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).
It automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt portion of
the seat belt is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips.

3 31
Safety features of your vehicle

Stowing the rear seat belt


■ 2nd row seat

ODM032051 B210A01NF-1/H ODM032034


When using the rear center seat belt, To release the seat belt: ■ 3rd row seat (if equipped)
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark The seat belt is released by pressing
must be used. the release button (1) in the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
OXM039030

• The rear seat belt buckles can be


stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when
not in use.

3 32
Safety features of your vehicle

■ 2nd row seat Pre-tensioner seat belt


CAUTION
When using the seat belt, use it
after taking it out of the guides.
If you pull the seat belt when it
is stored in the guides, it may
damage the guides and/or belt
webbing.

ODM032027
■ 3rd row seat (if equipped)

OANNSA2023

Your vehicle is equipped with pre-ten-


sioner seatbelts in the front seating
positions (driver side with retractor
pre-tensioner, passenger side with
retractor and EFD (Emergency
Fastening Device)).
ODM032035 The pre-tensioner seat belts can be
• Routing the seat belt webbing activated, where the frontal collisions
through the rear seat belt guides (or side collisions or rollovers) are
will help keep the belts from being severe enough, together with the air
trapped behind or under the seats. bags.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.

3 33
Safety features of your vehicle

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or


if the occupant tries to lean forward WARNING
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will • Do not put anything near the
lock into position. In certain frontal buckle. Placing objects near
collisions (or side collisions or the buckle may increase the
rollovers), the pre-tensioner will acti- risk of personal injury in the
vate and pull the seat belt into tighter event of a collision.
contact against the occupant's body.
• For your safety, be sure that
(1) Retractor Pretensioner the belt webbing is not loose
The purpose of the retractor pre- or twisted and always sit
tensioner is to make sure that the properly on your seat.
shoulder belts fit in tightly against ODMESA2024
the occupant's upper body in cer- The seat belt pre-tensioner system
tain frontal collisions (or side colli- consists mainly of the following com-
sions or rollovers). ponents. Their locations are shown in
(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) the illustration:
The purpose of the EFD is to make 1. SRS air bag warning light
sure that the pelvis belts fit in tight- 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
ly against the occupant's lower 3. SRS control module
body in certain frontal collisions (or
rollovers). (for passenger’s side) 4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)

If the system senses excessive ten-


sion on the driver or passenger's seat
belt when the pre-tensioner system
activates, the load limiter inside the
retractor pre-tensioner will release
some of the pressure on the affected
seat belt.

3 34
Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE
WARNING CAUTION
• Both the driver's and front pas-
To obtain maximum benefit senger's seat belt pre-tensioner If the pre-tensioner seat belt
from a pre-tensioner seat belt: system may be activated not only system are not working proper-
1. The seat belt must be worn in certain frontal collision but also ly, this warning light will illumi-
correctly and adjusted to the in certain side collision or rollover, nate even if there is no malfunc-
proper position. Please read if the vehicle is equipped with a tion of the SRS air bag. If the
and follow all of the important side or curtain air bag. SRS air bag warning light blinks
information and precautions • When the pre-tensioner seat belts or does not illuminate when the
about your vehicle’s occupant are activated, a loud noise may be ignition switch is turned ON, or if
safety features – including heard and fine dust, which may it remains illuminated after illu-
seat belts and air bags – that appear to be smoke, may be visible minating for approximately 6
are provided in this manual. in the passenger compartment. seconds, or if it illuminates while
These are normal operating condi- the vehicle is being driven, have
2. Be sure you and your passen- tions and are not hazardous. an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
gers always wear seat belts • Although it is harmless, the fine inspect the pre-tensioner seat
properly. dust may cause skin irritation and belt and SRS air bag system as
should not be breathed for pro- soon as possible.
longed periods. Wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly after an
accident in which the pre-tension-
er seat belts were activated.
• Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light on
the instrument panel will illumi-
nate for approximately 6 seconds
after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.

3 35
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) Seat belt precautions


WARNING
• Pre-tensioner seatbelt sys- • Improper handling of the pre-
tems are designed to operate tensioner seat belt assem- WARNING
only one time. After activation, blies, and failure to heed the All occupants of the vehicle
pre-tensioner seat belts must warnings not to strike, modify, must wear their seat belts at all
be replaced. All seat belts, of inspect, replace, service or times. Seat belts and child
any type, should always be repair the pre-tensioner seat restraints reduce the risk of
replaced after they have been belt assemblies may lead to serious or fatal injuries for all
worn during a collision. improper operation or inad- occupants in the event of a col-
vertent activation and serious lision or sudden stop. Without a
• The pre-tensioner seat belt injury. seat belt, occupants could be
assembly mechanisms become shifted too close to a deploying
hot during activation. Do not • Always wear the seat belts
when driving or riding in a air bag, strike the interior struc-
touch the pre-tensioner seat ture or be thrown from the vehi-
belt assemblies for several min- motor vehicle.
• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner cle. Properly worn seat belts
utes after they have been acti- greatly reduce these hazards.
vated. seat belt must be discarded,
contact an authorized Even with advanced air bags,
• Do not attempt to inspect or unbelted occupants can be
replace the pre-tensioner seat HYUNDAI dealer.
severely injured by a deploying
belts yourself. This must be air bag.
done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Always follow the precautions
about seat belts, air bags and
• Do not strike the pre-tension- occupant seating contained in
er seat belt assemblies. this manual.
• Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat
belt system in any manner.
(Continued)

3 36
Safety features of your vehicle

Infant or small child ✽ NOTICE Larger children


All 50 states have child restraint laws. Small children are best protected Children who are too large for child
You should be aware of the specific from injury in an accident when restraint systems should always
requirements in your state. Child properly restrained in the rear seat occupy the rear seat and use the
and/or infant seats must be properly by a child restraint system that available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
placed and installed in the rear seat. meets the requirements of the portion should be fastened snug on
For more information about the use of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety the hips and as low as possible.
these restraints, refer to “Child Standards. Before buying any child Check belt fit periodically. A child's
restraint system” in this section. restraint system, make sure that it squirming could put the belt out of
has a label certifying that it meets position. Children are afforded the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety most safety in the event of an acci-
WARNING dent when they are restrained by a
Standard 213. The restraint must be
Every person in your vehicle appropriate for your child's height proper restraint system in the rear
needs to be properly restrained and weight. Check the label on the seat. If a larger child (over age 12)
at all times, including infants child restraint for this information. must be seated in the front seat, the
and children. Never hold a child Refer to “Child restraint system” in child should be securely restrained
in your arms or lap when riding this section. by the available lap/shoulder belt and
in a vehicle. The violent forces the seat should be placed in the rear-
created during a crash will tear most position. Children age 12 and
the child from your arms and under should be restrained securely
throw the child against the inte- in the rear seat. NEVER place a child
rior. Always use a child restraint age 12 and under in the front seat.
appropriate for your child's NEVER place a rear facing child seat
height and weight. in the front seat of a vehicle.

3 37
Safety features of your vehicle

If the shoulder belt portion slightly Pregnant women Injured person


touches the child’s neck or face, try The use of a seat belt is recom- A seat belt should be used when an
placing the child closer to the center of mended for pregnant women to injured person is being transported.
the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still lessen the chance of injury in an When this is necessary, you should
touches their face or neck they need to accident. When a seat belt is used, consult a physician for recommenda-
be returned to a child restraint system. the lap belt portion should be placed tions.
as low and snugly as possible on the
WARNING - Shoulder hips, not across the abdomen. For
specific recommendations, consult a One person per belt
belts on small children Two people (including children)
physician.
• Never allow a shoulder belt to should never attempt to use a single
be in contact with a child’s seat belt. This could increase the
neck or face while the vehicle WARNING - Pregnant severity of injuries in case of an acci-
is in motion. women dent.
• If seat belts are not properly Pregnant women must never
worn and adjusted on chil- place the lap portion of the Do not lie down
dren, there is a risk of death or safety belt over the area of the
serious injury. abdomen where the unborn To reduce the chance of injuries in
child is located or above the the event of an accident and to
abdomen where the belt could achieve maximum effectiveness of
seriously injure or even cause the restraint system, all passengers
the death of the unborn child should be sitting up and the front and
during an impact. rear seats should be in an upright
position when the car is moving. A
seat belt cannot provide proper pro-
tection if the person is lying down in
the rear seat or if the seats are in a
reclined position.

3 38
Safety features of your vehicle

Care of seat belts Periodic inspection


WARNING Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected
Riding with a reclined seatback disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of
increases your chance of seri- tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should
ous or fatal injuries in the event that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible.
of a collision or sudden stop. not damaged by seat hinges, doors
The protection of your restraint or other abuse.
system (seat belts and air bags) Keep belts clean and dry
is greatly reduced by reclining Seat belts should be kept clean and
your seat. Seat belts must be WARNING - Pinched dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
snug against your hips and seat belt cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
chest to work properly. The Make sure that the webbing tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
more the seatback is reclined, and/or buckle does not get strong detergents or abrasives
the greater the chance that an caught or pinched in the rear should not be used because they
occupant's hips will slide under seat when returning the rear may damage and weaken the fabric.
the lap belt causing serious seatback to its upright position.
internal injuries or the occu- A caught or pinched webbing/ When to replace seat belts
pant's neck could strike the buckle may become damaged
shoulder belt. Drivers and pas- and could fail during a collision Entire in-use seat belt assembly or
sengers should always sit well or sudden stop resulting in seri- assemblies should be replaced if the
back in their seats, properly ous injury or death. vehicle has been involved in an acci-
belted, and with the seatbacks dent. This should be done even if no
upright. damage is visible. Additional ques-
tions concerning seat belt operation
should be directed to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

3 39
Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM


Children riding in the car should sit in Children could be injured or killed in
(Continued)
the rear seat and must always be a crash if their restraints are not
properly restrained to minimize the properly secured. For small children • A seat belt or child restraint
risk of injury in an accident, sudden and babies, a child seat or infant seat system can become very hot
stop or sudden maneuver. According must be used. Before buying a par- if it is left in a closed vehicle
to accident statistics, children are ticular child restraint system, make on a sunny day, even if the
safer when properly restrained in the sure it fits your car seat and seat outside temperature does not
rear seats than in the front seat. belts, and fits your child. Follow all feel hot. Be sure to check the
Larger children not in a child restraint the instructions provided by the man- seat cover and buckles before
should use one of the seat belts pro- ufacturer when installing the child placing a child there.
vided. restraint system. • When the child restraint sys-
You should be aware of the specific tem is not in use, store it in
requirements in your state. Child the luggage area or fasten it
and/or infant safety seats must be
WARNING with a seat belt so that it will
properly placed and installed in the • A child restraint system must not be thrown forward in the
rear seat. You must use a commer- be placed in the rear seat. case of a sudden stop or an
cially available child restraint system Never install a child or infant accident.
that meets the requirements of the seat on the front passenger's • Children may be seriously
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety seat. Should an accident injured or killed by an inflating
Standards (FMVSS). occur and cause the passen- air bag. All children, even
ger-side air bag to deploy, it those too large for child
Child restraint systems are designed could severely injure or kill an
to be secured in vehicle seats by lap restraints, must ride in the
infant or child seated in an rear seat.
belts or the lap belt portion of a infant or child seat. Thus only
lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys- use a child restraint in the
tem (if equipped). rear seat of your vehicle.
(Continued)

3 40
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) (Continued)


To reduce the chance of serious • Never put a seat belt over • Never allow a child to stand-
or fatal injuries: yourself and a child. During a up or kneel on the seat or floor
crash, the belt could press of a moving vehicle. During a
• Children of all ages are safer deep into the child causing collision or sudden stop, the
when restrained in the rear serious internal injuries. child can be violently thrown
seat. A child riding in the front against the vehicle’s interior,
passenger seat can be force- • Never leave children unat-
tended in a vehicle – not even resulting in serious injury.
fully struck by an inflating air
for a short time. The car can • Never use an infant carrier or
bag resulting in serious or a child safety seat that
fatal injuries. heat up very quickly, resulting
in serious injuries to children "hooks" over a seatback, it
• Always follow the child inside. Even very young chil- may not provide adequate
restraint system manufactur- dren may inadvertently cause security in an accident.
er’s instructions for installation the vehicle to move, entangle • Seat belts can become very
and use of the child restraint. themselves in the windows, or hot, especially when the car is
• Always make sure the child lock themselves or others parked in direct sunlight.
seat is secured properly in the inside the vehicle. Always check seat belt buck-
car and your child is securely • Never allow two children, or les before fastening them
restrained in the child seat. any two persons, to use the over a child.
• Never hold a child in your same seat belt. • After an accident, have an
arms or lap when riding in a • Children often squirm and authorized HYUNDAI dealer
vehicle. The violent forces cre- reposition themselves improp- check the child restraint sys-
ated during a crash will tear erly. Never let a child ride with tem, seat belt, tether anchor
the child from your arms and the shoulder belt under their and lower anchor.
throw the child against the arm or behind their back. • If there is not enough space to
car’s interior. Always properly position and place the child restraint sys-
(Continued) secure children in the rear seat. tem because of the driver's
(Continued) seat, install the child restraint
system in the rear right seat.

3 41
Safety features of your vehicle

Using a child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend


(Continued)
that the child restraint system be
Rearward-facing child restraint system Before installing the child
used in the rear seats.
restraint system, read the
instructions supplied by the
WARNING child restraint system manu-
Never place a rear-facing child facturer.
restraint in the front passenger • If the seat belt does not oper-
seat, because of the danger that ate as described in this sec-
an inflating passenger-side air tion, have the system checked
bag could impact the rear-facing immediately by your author-
child restraint and kill the child. ized HYUNDAI dealer.
CRS09
Forward-facing child restraint system • Failure to observe this manu-
Since all passenger seat belts move al's instructions regarding
freely under normal conditions and child restraint systems and
only lock under extreme or emer- the instructions provided with
gency conditions (emergency locking the child restraint system
mode), you must manually change could increase the chance
these seat belts to the automatic lock- and/or severity of injury in an
ing mode to secure a child restraint. accident.
• If the vehicle headrest pre-
WARNING - Child seat vents proper installation of a
OANNSA2032 installation child seat, the headrest of the
For small children and babies, the use • A child can be seriously respective seating position
of a child seat or infant seat is required. injured or killed in a collision if shall be readjusted or entirely
This child seat or infant seat should be the child restraint is not prop- removed.
of appropriate size for the child and erly anchored to the vehicle
should be installed in accordance with and the child is not properly
the manufacturer's instructions. restrained in the child restraint.
(Continued)

3 42
Safety features of your vehicle

Placing a passenger seat belt


into the automatic locking mode

OMD030053A OMD030054A
To install a child restraint system on 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
E2MS103005
the outboard or center rear seats, do seat belt all the way out. When the
the following: shoulder portion of the seat belt is
The automatic locking mode will help 1. Place the child restraint system in fully extended, it will shift the
prevent the normal movement of the the seat and route the lap/shoulder retractor to the “Automatic locking”
child in the vehicle from causing the belt around or through the restraint, (child restraint) mode.
seat belt to loosen and compromise following the restraint manufactur-
the child restraint system. To secure er’s instructions. Be sure the seat
a child restraint system, use the fol- belt webbing is not twisted.
lowing procedure.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emer-
gency.

3 43
Safety features of your vehicle

To remove the child restraint, press


the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt to
retract fully.

OMD030055A OMD030056A
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion 5. Remove as much slack from the
of the seat belt to retract and listen belt as possible by pushing down
for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet- on the child restraint system while
ing” sound. This indicates that the feeding the shoulder belt back into
retractor is in the “automatic lock- the retractor.
ing” mode. If no distinct sound is 6. Push and pull on the child restraint
heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the “Automatic locking” mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you can-
not, the retractor is in the “Automatic
locking” mode.

3 44
Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat with “Tether Anchor” system


WARNING - Automatic
locking mode ■ 7-seater ■ 6-seater

The lap/shoulder belt automati-


cally returns to the “emergency
lock mode” whenever the belt is
allowed to retract fully.
Therefore, the preceding seven
steps must be followed each
time a child restraint is installed.
If the retractor is not in the
Automatic Locking mode, the
child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops sud-
denly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child
restraint is not properly This symbol indicates the
anchored to the car, including position of the tether anchor.
setting the retractor to the
Automatic Locking mode.

When the seat belt is allowed to


retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the “Automatic lock- ONCESA2021/ONCESA2112/ONCESA2111
ing” mode to the emergency lock Child restraint hooks (tether anchors) are located on the rear of the seat backs.
mode for normal adult usage.

3 45
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING
• When using the vehicle's A child can be seriously injured
"Tether Anchor" system to or killed in a collision if the
install a child restraint system child restraint is not properly
in the rear seat, all unused anchored to the car and the
vehicle rear seat belt metal child is not properly restrained
latch plates or tabs must be in the child restraint. Always fol-
latched securely in their seat low the child seat manufactur-
belt buckles and the seat belt er’s instructions for installation
webbing must be retracted and use.
OANNSA2033 behind the child restraint to
1. Route the child restraint seat strap prevent the child from reaching
over the seatback. and taking hold of unretracted WARNING - Tether strap
seat belts. Unlatched metal
For vehicles with adjustable head- latch plates or tabs may allow Never mount more than one
rests, route the tether strap under the child to reach the unretract- child restraint to a single tether
the headrest and between the ed seat belts which may result anchor or to a single lower
headrest posts, otherwise route in strangulation and a serious anchorage point. The increased
the tether strap over the top of the injury or death to the child in load caused by multiple seats
seatback. the child restraint. may cause the tethers or
❈ Refer to "Adjusting the height up anchorage points to break,
• Do not place anything around causing serious injury or death.
and down - 2nd row" in this chap- the lower anchors. Also make
ter. sure that the seat belt is not
2. Connect the tether strap hook to caught in the lower anchors.
the appropriate child restraint
hook holder and tighten to secure
the child restraint seat.

3 46
Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat with Lower Anchor


WARNING - Child restraint child seat lower anchor system Position Indicator
check
Check that the child restraint
system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different direc-
tions. Incorrectly fitted child
restraints may swing, twist, tip
or separate causing death or
serious injury.
Lower Anchor

ODM032038
WARNING - Child restraint Child restraint symbols are located
anchorage OXM039035
on the left and right rear seat backs
• Child restraint anchorages are to indicate the position of the lower
designed to withstand only Some child seat manufacturers anchors for child restraints.
those loads imposed by cor- make child restraint seats that are
rectly fitted child restraints. labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-
Under no circumstances are patible child restraint seats. LATCH
they to be used for adult seat stands for "Lower Anchors and
belts or harnesses or for Tethers for Children". These seats
attaching other items or equip- include two rigid or webbing mount-
ment to the vehicle. ed attachments that connect to two
• The tether strap may not work LATCH anchors at specific seating
properly if attached some- positions in your vehicle. This type of
where other than the correct child restraint seat eliminates the
tether anchor. need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.

3 47
Safety features of your vehicle

Follow the child seat manufacturer’s


WARNING - Unused rear instructions to properly install child WARNING - LATCH lower
seatbelts restraint seats with LATCH or anchors
Always fasten the seatbelts LATCH-compatible attachments. LATCH lower anchors are only
behind the child restraint seat Once you have installed the LATCH to be used with the left and right
when they are not used to child restraint, assure that the seat is outboard seating positions of
secure the child seat. Failure to properly attached to the LATCH and the second row. Never attempt
do so may result in child stran- tether anchors. to attach a LATCH equipped
gulation. Also, test the child restraint seat seat in the the second center
before you place the child in it. Tilt and the third seating positions.
the seat from side to side. Also try to You may damage the anchors or
WARNING tug the seat forward. Check to see if the anchors may fail and break
the anchors hold the seat in place. in a collision.
Do not place anything around
the lower anchors. Also make
sure that the seat belt is not CAUTION ✽ NOTICE
caught in the lower anchors. Do not allow the rear seat belt The recommended weight for the
webbing to get scratched or LATCH system is under 65 lb
pinched by the child-seat latch (30 kg).
LATCH anchors have been provided and LATCH anchor during the
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors How to calculate the child restraint
installation. weight :
are located in the left and right out-
board seating positions of the sec- Child restraint weight =
ond row. Their locations are shown in 65 lb (30 kg) - Child weight
the illustration. There is no LATCH WARNING
anchors provided for the second cen- If the child restraint is not
ter and the third seating positions. anchored properly, the risk of a
The LATCH anchors are located child being seriously injured or
between the seatback and the seat killed in a collision greatly
cushion of the rear seat left and right increases.
outboard seating positions.
3 48
Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM


(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side impact air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
(5) Driver’s knee air bag

WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags,
you and your passengers must
always wear the seat belts pro-
vided in order to minimize the
risk and severity of injury in the
event of a collision or rollover.

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

ONCESA2052

3 49
Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely This speed of inflation reduces the
operate inflate and deflate in an instant. risk of serious or life-threatening
It is virtually impossible for you to injuries and is thus a necessary part
• Air bags are activated (able to of air bag design.
inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an
ignition switch is turned to the ON or accident. However, air bag inflation can also
START position. It is much more likely that you will cause injuries which normally can
simply see the deflated air bags include facial abrasions, bruises and
• The appropriate air bags inflate broken bones because the inflation
instantly in the event of serious hanging out of their storage com-
partments after the collision. speed also causes the air bags to
frontal or side collision in order to expand with a great deal of force.
help protect the occupants from • In addition to inflating in serious
serious physical injury. side collisions, side and/or curtain • There are even circumstances
air bags will inflate if the sensing under which contact with the air
• There is no single speed at which bag can cause fatal injuries, espe-
the air bags will inflate. system detects a rollover.
cially if the occupant is positioned
Generally, air bags are designed to • When a rollover is detected, side excessively close to the air bag.
inflate by the severity of a collision and/or curtain air bags will remain
and its direction. These two factors inflated longer to help provide pro-
determine whether the sensors tection from ejection, especially WARNING
send out an electronic deployment/ when used in conjunction with the • To avoid severe personal injury
inflation signal. seat belts. or death caused by deploying
• Air bag deployment depends on a • In order to help provide protection, air bags in a collision, the driv-
number of factors including vehicle the air bags must inflate rapidly. The er should sit as far back from
speed, angles of impact and the speed of air bag inflation is a con- the steering wheel air bag as
density and stiffness of the vehicles sequence of the extremely short possible (at least 10 inches
or objects which your vehicle hits in time in which to inflate the air bag (250 mm) away). The front pas-
the collision. Though, factors are not between the occupant and the vehi- sengers should always move
limited to those mentioned above. cle structures before the occupant their seats as far back as pos-
impacts those structures. sible and sit back in their seat.
(Continued)

3 50
Safety features of your vehicle

Though the smoke and powder are Do not install a child restraint on
(Continued)
non-toxic, they may cause irritation to the front passenger’s seat.
• Air bags inflate instantly in the the skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
event of collision, and passen- this is the case, wash and rinse with
gers may be injured by the air cold water immediately and consult a
bag expansion force if they are doctor if the symptom persists.
not in proper position.
• Air bag inflation may cause WARNING - Hot
injuries which normally include components
facial or bodily abrasions,
injuries from broken glasses or Do not touch the air bag storage
burns by the air bag inflation area's internal components
gasses. immediately after air bag infla-
tion. The air bag related parts in
the steering wheel, instrument 1JBH3051
Noise and smoke panel and the roof rails above
When the air bags inflate, they make a the front and rear doors are Never place a rear-facing child
loud noise and they leave smoke and very hot. Hot components can restraint in the front passenger’s
powder in the air inside of the vehicle. result in burn injuries. seat. If the air bag deploys, it would
This is normal and is a result of the impact the rear-facing child restraint,
ignition of the air bag inflator. After the causing serious or fatal injury.
air bag inflates, you may feel substan- In addition, do not place front-facing
tial discomfort in breathing due to the child restraints in the front passen-
contact of your chest with both the ger’s seat either. If the front passen-
seat belt and the air bag, as well as ger air bag inflates, it could cause
from breathing the smoke and powder. serious or fatal injuries to the child.
Open your doors and/or windows
as soon as possible after impact in
order to reduce discomfort and pre-
vent prolonged exposure to the
smoke and powder.
3 51
Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag warning light SRS components and functions


WARNING - Air bag
deployment
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or cur-
tain air bags, install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible.
Inflation of the side and/or cur-
tain air bags could cause seri-
ous injury or death to an infant
or child.
W7-147 OEN031051N

The purpose of the air bag warning The SRS consists of the following
light in your instrument panel is to components:
alert you of a potential problem with 1. Driver's front air bag module
your airbag system, which includes
side and/or curtain airbags used for 2. Passenger's front air bag module
rollover protection. 3. Side impact air bag modules
When the ignition switch is turned 4. Curtain air bag modules
ON, the indicator light should illumi- 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assem-
nate for approximately 6 seconds, blies
then go off. 6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors

3 52
Safety features of your vehicle

10. “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”


indicator (Front passenger’s seat WARNING
only) If any of the following condi-
11. Occupant classification system tions occurs, this indicates a
(Front passenger’s seat only) malfunction of the SRS. Have an
12. Driver’s and front passenger’s authorized HYUNDAI dealer
seat belt buckle sensors inspect the air bag system as
soon as possible.
13. Driver’s knee air bag module
• The light does not turn on
briefly when you turn the igni-
The SRSCM continually monitors all tion ON.
SRS components while the ignition W7-147
• The light stays on after illumi-
switch is ON to determine if a crash The SRS air bag warning light " " nating for approximately 6
impact is severe enough to require on the instrument panel will illumi- seconds.
air bag deployment or pre-tensioner nate for about 6 seconds after the
seat belt deployment. • The light comes on while the
ignition switch is turned to the ON vehicle is in motion.
position, after which the SRS air bag
• The light blinks when the igni-
warning light " " should go out.
tion switch is in ON position.

3 53
Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

OHM039102N OHM039103N OHM039104N


The front air bag modules are located Upon deployment, tear seams mold- A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
in the center of the steering wheel, in ed directly into the pad covers will tion with a properly worn seat belt,
the front passenger's panel above the separate under pressure from the slows the driver's or the passenger's
glove box and in the driver’s side expansion of the air bags. Further forward motion, reducing the risk of
knee bolster. When the SRSCM opening of the covers then allows full head and chest injury.
detects a sufficiently severe impact to inflation of the air bags.
the front of the vehicle, it will auto-
matically deploy the front air bags. After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating,
enabling the driver to maintain for-
ward visibility and the ability to steer
or operate other controls.

3 54
Safety features of your vehicle

Passenger’s front air bag


(Continued) WARNING
• When installing a container of • If an air bag deploys, there
liquid air freshener inside the may be a loud noise followed
vehicle, do not place it near by a fine dust released in the
the instrument cluster nor on vehicle. These conditions are
the instrument panel surface. normal and are not hazardous
It may become a dangerous - the air bags are packed in
projectile and cause injury if this fine powder. The dust gen-
the passenger's air bag erated during air bag deploy-
inflates. ment may cause skin or eye
B240B05L irritation as well as aggravate
asthma for some persons.
Always wash all exposed skin
WARNING areas thoroughly with luke-
• Do not install or place any warm water and a mild soap
accessories (drink holder, CD after an accident in which the
or discs holder, sticker, etc.) air bags were deployed.
on the front passenger's • The SRS can function only
panel above the glove box in a when the ignition switch is in
vehicle with a passenger's air the ON position.
bag. Such objects may (Continued)
become dangerous projec-
tiles and cause injury if the
passenger's air bag inflates.
(Continued)

3 55
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) Occupant classification system Your vehicle is equipped with an


occupant classification system in the
If the SRS air bag warning light ■ Type A
front passenger's seat.
" " does not illuminate, or The occupant classification system
continuously remains on after is designed to detect the presence of
illuminating for about 6 sec- a properly-seated front passenger
onds or blinks when the igni- and determine if the passenger's
tion switch is turned to the ON front air bag should be enabled (may
position, or after the engine is inflate) or not. The driver's front air
started, comes on while driv-
bag is not affected or controlled by
ing, the SRS is not working the occupant classification system.
properly. If this occurs, have ■ Type B
your vehicle immediately
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Before you replace a fuse or
disconnect a battery terminal,
turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK position and remove
the ignition key for ignition
key, and turn the engine ■ Type C
start/stop button to the OFF
position for smart key. Never
remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the igni-
tion switch is in the ON posi-
tion. Failure to heed this warn-
ing will cause the SRS air bag
warning light to illuminate.
OANNSA2003/OANNSA2002/OANNSA2004

3 56
Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of occupant You will find the PASSENGER AIR • The OCS may not function proper-
classification system BAG "OFF" indicator on the center ly if the passenger takes actions
facia panel. This system detects the which can affect the classification
• A detection device located within
conditions 1~4 in the following table system. These include:
the front passenger seat cushion.
and activates or deactivates the front (1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-
• Electronic system to determine passenger air bag based on these tion.
whether the front passenger air conditions.
bag system should be activated or (2) Leaning against the door or
Always be sure that you and all vehi- center console.
deactivated.
cle occupants are seated and
• An indicator light located on the restrained properly (sitting upright (3) Sitting towards the sides or the
instrument panel which illuminates with the seat in an upright position, front of the seat.
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG centered on the seat cushion, with (4) Putting legs on the dashboard
"OFF" indicating the front passen- the person's legs comfortably or resting them on other loca-
ger air bag system is deactivated. extended, feet on the floor, and wear- tions which reduce the passen-
• The instrument panel air bag indi- ing the safety belt properly) for the ger weight on the front seat.
cator light is interconnected with most effective protection by the air (5) Improperly wearing the safety
the occupant classification system. bag and the safety belt. belt.
If the front passenger seat is occu- (6) Reclining the seat back.
pied by a person that the system (7) Wearing a thick cloth like ski
determines to be of adult size, and wear or hip protection wear.
he/she sits properly (sitting upright
with the seatback in an upright posi- (8) Put on the seat an additional
tion, centered on the seat cushion thick cushion.
with their seat belt on, legs comfort-
ably extended and their feet on the
floor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG
"OFF" indicator will be turned off and
the front passenger's air bag will be
able to inflate, if necessary, in frontal
crashes.

3 57
Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification


system WARNING - OCS system
Riding in an improper position
Indicator/Warning light Devices
adversely affects the occupant
Condition detected by the PASSENGER AIR classification system (OCS) and
occupant classification system SRS Front passenger
BAG “OFF”
warning light air bag may result in the deactivation of
indicator light front passenger air bag. It is
1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2 Off Off Activated important for the driver to
instruct the passenger as to the
2. Infant or child restraint system proper seating instructions as
On Off Deactivated
with 12 months old*3 *4 contained in this manual.
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated (Continued)
4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

* The system judges a person of adult


1
* Never install a child restraint system on
3

size as an adult. When a smaller adult the front passenger seat.


sits in the front passenger seat, the *4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF"
system may recognize him/her as a indicator may turn on or off when a
child depending on his/her physique child above 12 months to 12 years old
and posture. (with or without child restraint system)
* Do not allow children to ride in the front
2
sits in the front passenger seat. This is
passenger seat. When a larger child a normal condition.
who has outgrown a child restraint sys-
tem sits in the front passenger seat,
the system may recognize him/her as
an adult depending upon his/her
physique or sitting position.

3 58
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665


- Never put a heavy load, an - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash-
active electronic device or towards the front of the seat. board.
blanket in the front passenger
seat or seatback pocket.

OHG031073A 1KMN3662 1KMN3664


- Never sit on the front passen- - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen-
ger seat with anything attached front passenger seatback. ter console.
such as a blanket or cushion. - Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.

3 59
Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" ✽ NOTICE


indicator is still on, ask the passen- The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF"
ger to move to the rear seat. indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-
onds after the ignition switch is
WARNING - AIR BAG turned to the ON position or after the
"OFF" light engine is started. If the front passen-
ger seat is occupied, the occupant
Do not allow an adult passenger classification sensor will then classify
to ride in the front seat when the the front passenger after several
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” more seconds.
indicator is illuminated, because
B990A01O the air bag will not deploy in the
When an adult is seated in the front
event of a crash.The driver must WARNING
instruct the passenger to repo- Do not hang onto the front pas-
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER sition himself in the seat. Failure
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn senger seat. Do not hang any
to properly position yourself items, such as a seatback table
the ignition switch to the LOCK or may lead to air bag deactivation
OFF position and ask the passenger or entertainment system, on the
resulting in air bag non-deploy- front passenger seatback. Do
to sit properly (sitting upright with the ment in a collision. If the PAS-
seat back in an upright position, cen- not place feet on the front pas-
SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica- senger seatback. Do not place
tered on the seat cushion with their tor remains illuminated after the
seat belt on, legs comfortably any items under the front pas-
passenger repositions them- senger seat. Any of these could
extended and their feet on the floor). selves properly and the vehicle
Restart the engine and have the per- interfere with proper sensor
is restarted, it is recommended operation.
son remain in that position. This will the passenger move to the rear
allow the system to detect the person seat because the passenger's
and to enable the passenger air bag. front air bag will not deploy.

3 60
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) (Continued)


• Even though your vehicle is • If the PASSENGER AIR BAG • Do not use accessory seat
equipped with the occupant "OFF" indicator is illuminated covers on the front seats.
classification system, never when the front passenger's • Accident statistics show that
install a child restraint system seat is occupied by an adult children are safer if they are
in the front passenger's seat. and he/she sits properly (sit- restrained in the rear, as
A deploying air bag can force- ting upright with the seatback opposed to the front seat. It is
fully strike a child resulting in in an upright position, cen- recommended that child
serious injuries or death. Any tered on the seat cushion with restraints be secured in a rear
child age 12 and under should their seat belt on, legs com- seat, including an infant riding
ride in the rear seat. Children fortably extended and their in a rear-facing infant seat, a
too large for child restraints feet on the floor), have that child riding in a forward-fac-
should use the available person sit in the rear seat. ing child seat and an older
lap/shoulder belts. No matter • Do not modify or replace the child riding in a booster seat.
what type of crash, children of front passenger seat. Don't • Air bags can only be used
all ages are safer when place anything on or attach once – have an authorized
restrained in the rear seat. anything such as a blanket or HYUNDAI dealer replace the
• The occupant classification seat heater to the front pas- air bag immediately after
system may not work properly senger seat. This can adverse- deployment.
if water, coffee or any other ly affect the occupant classifi-
cation system. (Continued)
liquid on the front passenger
seat. Keep the front seat dry • Do not sit on sharp objects
at all times. such as tools when occupying
(Continued) the front passenger seat. This
can adversely affect the occu-
pant classification system.
(Continued)

3 61
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) Driver's and passenger's front


WARNING air bag
• A smaller-stature adult in the If the occupant classification
front passenger’ seat who is ■ Driver’s front air bag
system is not working properly,
not seated correctly (for exam- the SRS air bag warning light
ple: seat excessively reclined, on the instrument panel will illu-
leaning on the door or center minate because the passenger's
console, or hips shifted for- front air bag is connected with
ward in the seat) can cause a the occupant classification sys-
condition where the occupant tem. If there is a malfunction of
classification system senses the occupant classification sys-
less weight than if the occu- tem, the PASSENGER AIR BAG
pant were seated properly (sit- "OFF" indicator will not illumi- ■ Driver’s knee air bag
ting upright with the seatback nate and the passenger's front
in an upright position, cen- air bag will inflate in frontal
tered on the seat cushion with impact crashes even if there is
their seat belt on, legs com- no occupant in the front passen-
fortably extended and their ger's seat. If the SRS air bag
feet on the floor). warning light does not illumi-
This condition can result in an nate when the ignition switch is
adult potentially being mis- turned to the ON position,
classified as a child and illu- remains illuminated after ■ Passenger’s front air bag
mination of the PASSENGER approximately 6 seconds or
AIR BAG "OFF" indicator. blinks when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position, or if
it illuminates while the vehicle is
being driven, have an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer inspect
the occupant classification sys-
tem and the SRS air bag system
as soon as possible. ODM032040/ODM032041/ODM032042

3 62
Safety features of your vehicle

Your vehicle is equipped with a The seat belt buckle sensors deter- Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) mine if the driver and front passen- with an occupant classification sys-
System and the lap/shoulder belts at ger's seat belts are fastened. These tem in the front passenger's seat.
both the driver and passenger seat- sensors provide the ability to control The occupant classification system
ing positions. the SRS deployment based on detects the presence of a passenger
The front air bags are designed to whether or not the seat belts are fas- in the front passenger's seat and will
supplement the three-point seat tened, and how severe the impact is. turn off the front passenger's air bag
belts. For these air bags to provide under certain conditions. For more
protection, the seat belts must be detail, see "Occupant classification
The advanced SRS offers the ability system" in this section.
worn at all times when driving. to control the air bag inflation within
The indications of the system's pres- two levels. A first stage level is pro-
ence are the letters "SRS AIR BAG" vided for moderate-severity impacts.
embossed on the air bag pad cover A second stage level is provided for
in the steering wheel, on the knee more severe impacts.
bolster below the steering wheel col-
umn and the passenger's side front
panel pad above the glove box. According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
The SRS consists of air bags Control Module) controls the air bag
installed under the pad covers in the inflation. Failure to properly wear
center of the steering wheel , in the seat belts can increase the risk or
knee bolster below the steering severity of injury in an accident.
wheel column and the passenger's
side front panel above the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt sys-
tem alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity.

3 63
Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE
WARNING • Be sure to read information about WARNING
Do not place any objects under- the SRS on the labels provided on Always use seat belts and child
neath the front seats as they the sun visor. restraints – every trip, every
could interfere with the occu- • Advanced air bags are combined time, everyone! Air bags inflate
pant classification system. with pre-tensioner seat belts to with considerable force and in
help provide enhanced occupant the blink of an eye. Seat belts
protection in frontal crashes. help keep occupants in proper
WARNING Front air bags are not intended to position to obtain maximum
deploy in collisions in which pro- benefit from the air bag. Even
If you are considering modifica- tection can be provided by the pre- with advanced air bags, improp-
tion of your vehicle due to a dis- tensioner seat belt. erly and unbelted occupants
ability, please contact the can be severely injured when
Hyundai Customer Assistance the air bag inflates.
Center at 1-800-633-5151.
Always follow the precautions
about seat belts, air bags and
occupant safety contained in this
manual. To reduce the chance of
serious or fatal injuries and
receive the maximum safety ben-
efit from your restraint system:
• Never place a child in any child
or booster seat in the front seat.
• ABC – Always Buckle Children
in the back seat. It is the safest
place for children of any age
to ride.
(Continued)

3 64
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)


• Front and side air bags can • No objects should be placed • If the SRS air bag warning
injure occupants improperly over or near the air bag mod- light remains illuminated while
positioned in the front seats. ules on the steering wheel, the vehicle is being driven,
• Move your seat as far back as instrument panel, and the have an authorized HYUNDAI
practical from the front air front passenger's panel above dealer inspect the air bag sys-
bags, while still maintaining the glove box, because any tem as soon as possible.
control of the vehicle. such object could cause harm • Air bags can only be used once
if the vehicle is in a crash – have an authorized HYUNDAI
• You and your passengers severe enough to cause the
should never sit or lean unnec- dealer replace the air bag
air bags to deploy. immediately after deployment.
essarily close to the air bags.
Improperly positioned driver • Never place covers, blankets • The SRS is designed to deploy
and passengers can be severe- or seat warmers on the pas- the front air bags only when
ly injured by inflating air bags. senger seat as these may frontal impact is sufficiently
interfere with the occupant severe and when the impact
• Never lean against the door or classification system.
center console – always sit in angle is toward from the for-
an upright position. • Do not tamper with or discon- ward longitudinal axis of the
nect SRS wiring or other com- vehicle. Additionally, the air
• Do not allow a passenger to ponents of the SRS system. bags will only deploy once.
ride in the front seat when the Doing so could result in injury, Seat belts must be worn at all
PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" due to accidental deployment times.
indicator is illuminated, of the air bags or by rendering
because the air bag will not • Front air bags are not intended
the SRS inoperative. to deploy in side-impact, rear-
deploy in the event of a mod-
erate or severe frontal crash. (Continued) impact or rollover crashes. In
addition, front air bags will not
(Continued) deploy in frontal crashes below
the deployment threshold.
(Continued)

3 65
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)


• Even though your vehicle is • For maximum safety protec- • The SRS air bag system must
equipped with the occupant tion in all types of crashes, all deploy very rapidly to provide
classification system, do not occupants including the driver protection in a crash. If an
install a child restraint system should always wear their seat occupant is out of position
in the front passenger seat belts whether or not an air bag because of not wearing a seat
position. A child restraint sys- is also provided at their seat- belt, the air bag may forcefully
tem must never be placed in ing position to minimize the contact the occupant causing
the front seat. The infant or risk of severe injury or death serious or fatal injuries.
child could be severely injured in the event of a crash. Do not
or killed by an air bag deploy- sit or lean unnecessarily close
ment in case of an accident. to the air bag while the vehicle
• Children age 12 and under is in motion.
must always be properly • Sitting improperly or out of
restrained in the rear seat. position can result in serious
Never allow children to ride in or fatal injury in a crash. All
the front passenger seat. If a occupants should sit upright
child over 12 must be seated with the seatback in an
in the front seat, he or she upright position, centered on
must be properly belted and the seat cushion with their
the seat should be moved as seat belt on, legs comfortably
far back as possible. extended and their feet on the
(Continued) floor until the vehicle is
parked and the ignition key is
removed.
(Continued)

3 66
Safety features of your vehicle

Side impact air bag The side impact air bags are
designed to deploy only during cer- WARNING
tain side-impact collisions, depend- • The side impact air bag is sup-
ing on the crash severity, angle, plemental to the driver's and
speed and point of impact. The side the passenger's seat belt sys-
impact air bags are not designed to tems and is not a substitute
deploy in all side impact situations or for them. Therefore your seat
rollover situations. belts must be worn at all times
The side impact air bags do not only while the vehicle is in motion.
deploy on the side of the impact but The air bags deploy only in
ODM032043 also on the opposite side. certain side impact conditions
The side and/or curtain air bags on severe enough to cause sig-
both sides of the vehicle may deploy nificant injury to the vehicle
if a rollover or possible rollover is occupants.
detected. • For best protection from the
side impact air bag system
WARNING and to avoid being injured by
the deploying side impact air
Do not allow the passengers to bag, both front seat occupants
lean their heads or bodies onto should sit in an upright posi-
OHM032071 doors, put their arms on the tion with the seat belt properly
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ doors, stretch their arms out of fastened. The driver's hands
from the illustration. the window, or place objects should be placed on the steer-
between the doors and passen- ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00
Your vehicle is equipped with a side gers when they are seated on positions. The passenger's
impact air bag in each front seat. The seats equipped with side and/or arms and hands should be
purpose of the air bag is to provide the curtain air bags. placed on their laps.
vehicle's driver and/or the front pas-
senger with additional protection than (Continued)
that offered by the seat belt alone.

3 67
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) Curtain air bag


• Do not use any accessory • If the seat or seat cover is
seat covers. damaged, have the vehicle
• Use of seat covers could checked and repaired by an
reduce or prevent the effec- authorized HYUNDAI dealer
tiveness of the system. because your vehicle is
equipped with side impact air
• Do not install any accessories bags and an occupant classi-
on the side or near the side air fication system.
bag.
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air OANNSA2036
bag and yourself.
• Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between
the front door and the front
seat. Such objects may
become dangerous projectiles
and cause injury if the supple-
mental side air bag inflates.
• To prevent unexpected deploy-
ment of the side impact air bag OHM032072
that may result in personal
injury, avoid impact to the side ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
impact sensor when the igni-
tion switch is on.
Curtain air bags are located along
(Continued) both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.

3 68
Safety features of your vehicle

They are designed to help protect


WARNING (Continued)
occupants in certain side impacts
and to help prevent them from eject- • In order for side and curtain • Do not allow the passengers
ing out of the vehicle as a result of a air bags to provide the best to lean their heads or bodies
rollover, especially when the seat- protection, front seat occu- onto doors, put their arms on
belts are also in use. pants and outboard rear occu- the doors, stretch their arms
pants should sit in an upright out of the window, or place
• The curtain air bags are designed
position with the seat belts objects between the doors
to deploy during certain side
properly fastened. and passengers when they are
impact collisions, depending on the
seated on seats equipped with
crash severity, angle, speed and Importantly, children should side and/or curtain air bags.
point of impact. sit in a proper child restraint
system in the rear seat. • Never try to open or repair any
• The curtain air bags do not only
components of the side cur-
deploy on the side of the impact • When children are seated in tain air bag system. This
but also on the opposite side. the rear outboard seats, they should only be done by an
• Also, the curtain air bags on both must be seated in the proper authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
sides of the vehicle will deploy in child restraint system. Make
certain rollover situations. sure to put the child restraint Failure to follow the above
system as far away from the instructions can result in injury
• The curtain air bags are not or death to the vehicle occu-
designed to deploy in all side door side as possible, and
secure the child restraint sys- pants in an accident.
impact or rollover situations.
tem in a locked position.
(Continued)

3 69
Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors


collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, sec-
ond or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.

1 2 3 4

ONCESA2105/OANNSA2037/ONCDSA3123/OANNSA2038/ODM032048

(1) SRS control module / (3) Side impact sensor


Rollover sensor (4) Side impact sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
3 70
Safety features of your vehicle

• Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions


WARNING - Air bag installation angles are changed
sensors due to the deformation of the front
• Do not hit or allow any objects bumper, body or C pillars or front
to impact the locations where door where side collision sensors
air bags or sensors are are installed. Have the vehicle
installed. checked and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which • Your vehicle has been designed to
could result in serious per- absorb impact and deploy the air
sonal injury or death. bag(s) in certain collisions. Installing
bumper guards or side steppers or
• If the installation location or replacing a bumper with non-gen-
angle of the sensors is altered uine parts may adversely affect your 1VQA2084
in any way, the air bags may vehicle’s collision and air bag Front air bags
deploy when they should not deployment performance.
or they may not deploy when Front air bags are designed to inflate
they should, causing severe in a frontal collision depending on
injury or death. the intensity, speed or angles of
impact of the front collision.
Therefore, do not try to per-
form maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

3 71
Safety features of your vehicle

Side impact and curtain air bags Side air bag and/or curtain air bags
Side impact and curtain air bags are may also inflate where rollover sen-
designed to inflate when an impact is sors indicate the possibility of a
detected by side collision sensors rollover occurring (even if none actual-
depending on the strength, speed or ly occurs) or in other situations, inclu-
angles of impact resulting from a iding when the vehicle is tilted while
side impact collision. being towed. Even where side and/or
curtain air bags would not provide
Also, the side impact and curtain air
impact protection in a rollover, howev-
bags are designed to inflate when a
er, they will deploy to prevent ejection
rollover is detected by the rollover
OVQ036018N of occupants, especially those who
sensor.
are restrained with seat belts.
Although the front air bags (driver’s
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
front, knee and front passenger’s air
bumps or objects on unimproved
bags) are designed to inflate in frontal
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
collisions, they also may inflate in
carefully on unimproved roads or on
other types of collisions if the front
surfaces not designed for vehicle traf-
impact sensors detect a sufficient
fic to prevent unintended air bag
frontal force in another type of impact.
deployment.
Side impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate in certain side
OHM032072 impact collisions. They may inflate in
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif- other type of collisions where a side
fer from the illustration. force is detected by the sensors.

3 72
Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

OUN036087 OVQ036018N

1VQA2086 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in
in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because
• In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of
air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side
bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment
such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu-
provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection.
tection of the seat belts in such col-
lisions. However, side impact and curtain
air bags may inflate depending on
the intensity, vehicle speed and
angles of impact.

3 73
Safety features of your vehicle

1VQA2089 1VQA2090 1VQA2091


• In an angled collision, the force of • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in
impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents where the SRSCM
a direction where the air bags would lowers the front portion of the vehi- indicates that the SRSCM indicates
not be able to provide any addition- cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- that the front air bag deployment
al benefit, and thus the SRS may cle with a higher ground clearance. would not provide additional occu-
not deploy any air bags. Air bags may not inflate in this pant protection.
"under-ride" situation because
forces that are detected by sensors
may be reduced by such “under-
ride” collisions.

3 74
Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-
WARNING
free and so there are no parts you can • Modification to SRS compo-
safely service by yourself. If the SRS nents or wiring, including the
air bag warning light " " does not addition of any kind of badges
illuminate, when you turn the ignition to the pad covers or modifica-
on, or continuously remains on, or tions to the body structure,
continuously blinks have your vehicle can adversely affect SRS per-
immediately inspected by an author- formance and lead to possible
ized HYUNDAI dealer. injury.
• Not only the modification of
1VQA2092 the parts where the SRS sen-
Any work on the SRS system, such
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- sors are but also the modifica-
as removing, installing, repairing, or
cle collides with objects such as util- tion of other parts of the vehi-
any work on the steering wheel, the
ity poles or trees. cle may affect the SRS per-
front passenger's panel, front seats
formance and lead to possible
and roof rails must be performed by
injury.
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Improper handling of the SRS system • No objects should be placed
may result in serious personal injury. over or near the air bag mod-
ules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, and the
To clean the air bag pad covers, use front passenger's panel above
only a soft, dry cloth or one which has the glove box, because any
been moistened with plain water. such object could cause harm
Solvents or cleaners could adversely if the vehicle is in a crash
affect the air bag covers and proper severe enough to cause the
deployment of the system. air bags to inflate.
(Continued)

3 75
Safety features of your vehicle

Additional safety precautions • Passengers should not place


(Continued) hard or sharp objects between
• If the air bags inflate, they • Never let passengers ride in the themselves and the air bags.
must be replaced by an cargo area or on top of a folded- Carrying hard or sharp objects on
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. down back seat. All occupants your lap or in your mouth can result
should sit upright, fully back in their in injuries if an air bag inflates.
• Do not tamper with or discon- seats with their seat belts on and
nect SRS wiring, or other their feet on the floor. • Keep occupants away from the air
components of the SRS sys- bag covers. All occupants should sit
tem. Doing so could result in • Passengers should not move upright, fully back in their seats with
injury, due to accidental infla- out of or change seats while the their seat belts on and their feet on
tion of the air bags or by ren- vehicle is moving. A passenger the floor. If occupants are too close
dering the SRS inoperative. who is not wearing a seat belt dur- to the air bag covers, they could be
ing a crash or emergency stop can injured if the air bags inflate.
• If your car was flooded and be thrown against the inside of the
has soaked carpeting or water • Do not attach or place objects
vehicle, against other occupants, on or near the air bag covers.
on the flooring, you shouldn't or out of the vehicle.
try to start the engine; have Any object attached to or placed
the car towed to an authorized • Each seat belt is designed to on the front or side air bag covers
HYUNDAI dealer. restrain one occupant. If more could interfere with the proper
than one person uses the same operation of the air bags.
seat belt, they could be seriously • Do not modify the front seats.
If components of the air bag system injured or killed in a collision. Modification of the front seats could
must be discarded, or if the vehicle • Do not use any accessories on interfere with the operation of the
must be scrapped, certain safety seat belts. Devices claiming to supplemental restraint system sens-
precautions must be observed. An improve occupant comfort or repo- ing components or side air bags.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows sition the seat belt can reduce the • Do not place items under the
these precautions and can give you protection provided by the seat belt front seats. Placing items under
the necessary information. Failure to and increase the chance of serious the front seats could interfere with
follow these precautions and proce- injury in a crash. the operation of the supplemental
dures could increase the risk of per- restraint system sensing compo-
sonal injury. nents and wiring harnesses.

3 76
Safety features of your vehicle

• Never hold an infant or child on Air bag warning label


(Continued)
your lap. The infant or child could
be seriously injured or killed in the • Always have the ignition OFF
event of a crash. All infants and chil- when the vehicle is being
dren should be properly restrained towed or where it may other-
in appropriate child safety seats or wise be tilted, since the side
seat belts in the rear seat. and/or curtain air bags may
inflate if the sensors interpret
those tilt angles as a potential
WARNING rollover.
• Sitting improperly or out of • Be careful not to cause impact OANNSA2006
position can cause occupants to the doors when the ignition
to be shifted too close to a is ON.The air bags may inflate.
deploying air bag, strike the
interior structure or be thrown
from the vehicle resulting in
serious injury or death.
Adding equipment to or modi-
fying your air bag-equipped
• Always sit upright with the vehicle
seatback in an upright posi-
tion, centered on the seat If you modify your vehicle by chang-
cushion with your seat belt ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- ODM032057
on, legs comfortably extended tem, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the oper- Air bag warning labels, some required
and your feet on the floor. by the U.S. National Highway Traffic
ation of your vehicle's air bag sys-
(Continued) tem. Safety Administration (NHTSA), are
attached to alert the driver and pas-
sengers of potential risks of the air
bag system.

3 77
Features of your vehicle

Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Smart liftgate (Smart tailgate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32


• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Emergency liftgate (tailgate) safety release . . . . . . . 4-35
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
• Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 • Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 • Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 • Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 • Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 • Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 • Emergency fuel filler lid release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46 4
• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 • Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 • Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 • Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 • Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 • Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 • Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
• From outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
• From inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 • Electronic power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 • Tilt & telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 • Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Liftgate (Tailgate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 • Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
• Non-Powered liftgate (tailgate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 • Driver selectable steering mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
• Power liftgate (Power tailgate). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59 Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59 • Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
• Blue Link® center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 • Non-operational conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 • Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
• Blind zone mirror (BZM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70 Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71 Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
• Instrument Cluster Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
• LCD Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72 • Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73 • Headlamp delay function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
• Transaxle Shift Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76 • Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
4 LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77 • Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
• LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77 • High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78 • Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• User Settings Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79 • Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• A/V Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
• Turn By Turn Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 • Windshield wipers (front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
• Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 • Windshield washers (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
Trip computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 • Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . 4-119
• Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
• Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90 • Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
• Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91 • Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Warning and indicator sights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93 • Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93 • Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101 • Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123 Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• Headlamp welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123 • Cigarette lighter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123 • Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123 • Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124 • Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124 • AC inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
• Front wiper deicer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124 • Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125 • Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
• Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126 • Aux, USB and iPod® port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
• 3rd row climate control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131 • Luggage net (holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131 • Cargo security screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157 4
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133 • Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
Automatic climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135 Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-137 • Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137 Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
• 3rd row climate control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143 • Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-144 • Audio remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
• Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
Storage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
• Multi box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
• Luggage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Features of your vehicle

FOLDING KEY
Record your key number Key operations
The key code num-
WARNING
ber is stamped or Use only HYUNDAI original
printed on the key parts for the ignition key in your
code tag attached to vehicle. If an aftermarket key is
the key set. Should used, the ignition switch may
you lose your keys, not return to ON after START. If
this number will enable an author- this happens, the starter will
ized HYUNDAI dealer to duplicate continue to operate causing
the keys easily. Remove the key damage to the starter motor
code tag and store it in a safe place. and possible fire due to exces-
Also, record the key code number sive current in the wiring.
and keep it in a safe and handy OVF041001
place, but not in the vehicle.
• Used to start the engine.
• Used to lock and unlock the doors.
• Used to lock and unlock the glove
box.
• To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold auto-
matically. To fold the key, fold the
key manually while pressing the
release button.

CAUTION
Do not fold the key without
pressing the release button.
This may damage the key.

4 4
Features of your vehicle

Door Lock (1) Door Unlock (2)


WARNING - Ignition key 1. Press the unlock button(2).
Leaving children unattended in 2. The driver's door will unlock. The
a vehicle with the ignition key hazard warning lights will blink two
is dangerous even if the key is times.
not in the ignition switch is ACC
or ON position. Children copy 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice
adults and they could place the within 4 seconds and all doors and
key in the ignition switch. liftgate (tailgate) will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink two
The ignition key would enable times.
children to operate power win-
dows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move, which OVF041003
✽ NOTICE
could result in serious bodily You can activate or deactivate the
injury or even death. Never 1. Close all doors, engine hood and Two Turn Unlock and Horn
leave the keys in your vehicle liftgate (tailgate). Feedback function. Refer to "User
with unsupervised children, 2. Press the lock button(1). settings" in this section.
when the engine is running. 3. All doors and liftgate (tailgate) will
lock. The hazard warning lights will
blink once.
4. If the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
horn will sound once (Horn
Feedback function).
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button inside
or pulling the outside door handle.

4 5
Features of your vehicle

Liftgate (Tailgate) unlock (3) Transmitter precautions (Continued)


The liftgate (tailgate) is unlocked if ✽ NOTICE • If the transmitter is in close prox-
the button is pressed for more than 1 imity to your mobile phone, the
second.
The transmitter will not work if any signal could be blocked by your
of following occur: mobile phones normal operational
Also, once the liftgate (tailgate) is • The ignition key is in the ignition signals. This is especially impor-
opened and then closed, the liftgate switch. tant when the phone is active such
(tailgate) will be locked automatically. • You exceed the operating distance as making and receiving calls, text
limit (about 90 feet [30 m]). messaging, and/or sending/receiv-
Panic (4) • The battery in the transmitter is ing emails. Avoid placing the
weak. transmitter and your mobile
The horn sounds and hazard warn- • Other vehicles or objects may be
ing lights flash for about 30 seconds phone in the same pants or jacket
blocking the signal. pocket and always try to maintain
if this button is pressed for more than • The weather is extremely cold.
1 second. To stop the horn and lights, an adequate distance between the
• The transmitter is close to a radio two devices.
press any button on the transmitter. transmitter such as a radio substa-
tion or an airport which can inter-
fere with normal operation of the CAUTION
transmitter. Keep the transmither away from
When the transmitter does not work water or any liquid and fire.
correctly, open and close the door If the inside of the transmitter
with the ignition key. If you have a gets damp (due to drinks or
problem with the transmitter, contact moisture), or is heated, internal
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. circuit may malfunction, exclud-
(Continued) ing the car from the warranty.

4 6
Features of your vehicle

Battery replacement For replacement transmitters, see an


authorized HYUNDAI dealer for CAUTION - Transmitter
transmitter reprogramming. damage
• The transmitter is designed to give Do not drop, wet or expose the
you years of trouble-free use, how- keyless entry system transmit-
ever it can malfunction if exposed to ter to heat or sunlight.
moisture or static electricity. If you
are unsure how to use your trans-
mitter or replace the battery, contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can cause
the transmitter to malfunction. Be
OLM042302
sure to use the correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the transmitter,
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
battery which will normally last for to heat or sunlight.
several years. When replacement is
necessary, use the following proce- • An inappropriately dis-
dure. posed battery can be harm-
ful to the environment and
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and may cause human health.
gently pry open the transmitter Dispose the battery accord-
center cover. ing to your local law(s) or
2. Replace the battery with a new regulation.
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.

4 7
Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer system To activate the immobilizer sys- ✽ NOTICE


(if equipped) tem: When starting the engine, do not use
Your vehicle is equipped with an Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- the key with other immobilizer keys
electronic engine immobilizer system tion. The immobilizer system acti- around. Otherwise the engine may
to reduce the risk of unauthorized vates automatically. Without a valid not start or may stop soon after it
vehicle use. ignition key for your vehicle, the starts. Keep each key separate in
Your immobilizer system is com- engine will not start. order to avoid a starting malfunction.
prised of a small transponder in the
ignition key and electronic devices To deactivate the immobilizer CAUTION
inside the vehicle. system: Do not put metal accessories
With the immobilizer system, when- Insert the ignition key into the key near the ignition switch.
ever you insert your ignition key into cylinder and turn it to the ON position. Metal accessories may interrupt
the ignition switch and turn it to ON, the transponder signal and may
it checks and determines and verifies prevent the engine from being
if the ignition key is valid. WARNING started.
If the key is determined to be valid, In order to prevent theft of your
the engine will start. vehicle, do not leave spare keys
If the key is determined to be invalid, anywhere in your vehicle. Your ✽ NOTICE
the engine will not start. Immobilizer password is a cus-
tomer unique password and If you need additional keys or lose
should be kept confidential. Do your keys, contact an authorized
not leave this number anywhere HYUNDAI dealer.
in your vehicle.

4 8
Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Part 15


CAUTION of the FCC rules.
The transponder in your ignition Operation is subject to the following
key is an important part of the two conditions:
immobilizer system. It is 1. This device may not cause harm-
designed to give years of trou- ful interference, and
ble-free service, however you
should avoid exposure to mois- 2. This device must accept any inter-
ture, static electricity and rough ference received, including inter-
handling. Immobilizer system ference that may cause undesired
malfunction could occur. operation.

CAUTION
CAUTION Changes or modifications not
Do not change, alter or adjust expressly approved by the party
the immobilizer system because responsible for compliance
it could cause the immobilizer could void the user’s authority
system to malfunction and to operate the equipment. If the
should only be serviced by an keyless entry system is inopera-
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. tive due to changes or modifica-
Malfunctions caused by improp- tions not approved by the party
er alterations, adjustments or responsible for compliance, it
modifications to the immobilizer will not be covered by your man-
system are not covered by your ufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
vehicle manufacturer warranty.

4 9
Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY
Record your key number Smart key function With a smart key, you can lock or
The key code num- unlock a door (and Liftgate
ber is stamped or (Tailgate)) and start the engine.
printed on the key Refer to the following for more details.
code tag attached to
the key set. Should WARNING - Smart key
you lose your keys, Leaving children unattended in
this number will enable an author- a vehicle with the smart key is
ized HYUNDAI dealer to duplicate dangerous even if the Engine
the keys easily. Remove the key Start/Stop Button is in the ACC
code tag and store it in a safe place. or ON position. Children copy
Also, record the key code number adults and they could press the
and keep it in a safe and handy ODM042002 Engine Start/Stop Button.
place, but not in the vehicle.
To remove the mechanical key, press The smart key would enable
and hold the release button(1) and children to operate power win-
remove the mechanical key (2). dows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move, which
To reinstall the mechanical key, put could result in serious bodily
the key into the hole and push it until injury or even death. Never
a click sound is heard. leave the keys in your vehicle
with unsupervised children,
when the Engine is running.

4 10
Features of your vehicle

Door Lock 3. Press the button of the outside Using the button on the smart key
door handle. 1 Close all doors, engine hood and
4. The hazard warning lights will blink liftgate (tailgate).
and the chime will sound once. 2. Press the lock button(1).
5. Make sure that doors are locked 3. The hazard warning lights will blink
by pulling the outside door handle. and the chime will sound once.
4. Make sure that doors are locked
✽ NOTICE by pulling the outside door handle.
• The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40in.
OVF041004 (0.7~1m) from the outside door
handle.
• Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will
not lock and the chime will sound
for 3 seconds if any of following
occur:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The engine start/stop button is
in ACC or ON position.
- Any door is open.
ODM042006

Using the door handle button


1. Carry the smart key.
2. Close all doors, engine hood and
liftgate (tailgate).

4 11
Features of your vehicle

Unlocking ✽ NOTICE Using the button on the smart key


Using the door handle button • The button will only operate when 1. Press the unlock button(2) of the
1. Carry the smart key. the smart key is within 28~40in. smart key.
2. Press the button of the driver's (0.7~1m) from the outside door 2. The driver’s door will unlock. The
outside door handle. handle. hazard warning lights will blink and
• When the smart key is recognized the chime will sound two times.
3. The driver’s door will unlock. The in the area of 28~40in. (0.7~1m)
hazard warning lights will blink and 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice
from the front outside door han- within 4 seconds and all doors and
the chime will sound two times. dle, other people can also unlock the liftgate (tailgate) will unlock.
4. Press the button twice within 4 the doors by pressing the button of The hazard warning lights will
seconds and all doors and the lift- the front outside door handle. blink and the chime will sound two
gate (tailgate) will unlock and the • After unlocking the driver’s door times.
hazard warning lights will blink and or all doors, the door(s) will lock
the chime will sound two times. automatically unless the door is
opened. ✽ NOTICE
❈ If you press the button of the front After pressing the button, the doors
passenger’s outside door handle will lock automatically unless any
while carrying the smart key, all door is opened within 30 seconds.
doors will unlock.
✽ NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
"User settings" in this section.

4 12
Features of your vehicle

Liftgate (Tailgate) unlocking Panic Loss of the smart key


Using the liftgate (tailgate) handle 1. Press the panic button(4) for more A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
button than 1 second. registered to a single vehicle.
1. Carry the smart key. 2. The horn sounds and hazard If you happen to lose your smart key,
2. Press the liftgate (tailgate) handle warning light flash for about 30 you will not be able to start the
button. seconds. engine. You should immediately take
3. When all doors are locked, the the vehicle and remaining key to your
hazard warning lights will blink two
times. ✽ NOTICE authorized HYUNDAI dealer(tow the
vehicle, if necessary) to protect it
Once the liftgate (tailgate) is To stop the horn and lights, press from potential theft.
opened and then closed, the lift- any button on the smart key.
gate (tailgate) will lock automati-
cally. Start-up
You can start the engine without
✽ NOTICE inserting the key. For detailed infor-
The button will only operate when mation refer to the “Engine start/stop
the smart key is within 28~40in. button” in section 5.
(0.7~1m) from the liftgate (tailgate)
handle.

Using the button on the smart key


1. Press the liftgate (tailgate) unlock
button(3) for more than 1 second.
2. When all doors are locked, the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.

4 13
Features of your vehicle

Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximi- Smart key immobilizer system
• The smart key will not work if any ty to your cell phone or smart Your vehicle is equipped with an
of the following occur: phone, the signal from the smart electronic engine immobilizer system
key could be blocked by normal to reduce the risk of unauthorized
- The smart key is close to a radio operation of your cell phone or
transmitter such as a radio sta- vehicle use.
smart phone. This is especially
tion or an airport which can inter- important when the phone is active Your immobilizer system is com-
fere with normal operation of the such as making a call, receiving prised of a small transponder in the
smart key. calls, text messaging, and/or send- smart key and electronic devices
- The smart key is near a mobile ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing inside the vehicle.
two way radio system or a cellu- the smart key and your cell phone With the immobilizer system, when-
lar phone. or smart phone in the same pants ever you turn the engine start/stop
- Another vehicle’s smart key is or jacket pocket and maintain ade- button to the ON position by pressing
being operated close to your quate distance between the two the button while carrying the smart
vehicle. devices. key, it checks and determines and
verifies if the smart key is valid or not.
• When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door CAUTION If the key is determined to be valid,
with the mechanical key and contact Keep the smart key away from the engine will start.
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. water or any liquid and fire. If If the key is determined to be invalid,
the inside of the smart key gets the engine will not start.
damp (due to drinks or mois-
ture), or is heated, internal cir-
cuit may malfunction, excluding
the car from the warranty.

4 14
Features of your vehicle

To deactivate the immobilizer ✽ NOTICE


system: CAUTION
When starting the engine, do not use
Turn the engine start/stop button to the key with other immobilizer keys The transponder in your smart
the ON position by pressing the but- around. Otherwise the engine may key is an important part of the
ton while carrying the smart key. not start or may stop soon after it immobilizer system. It is
starts. Keep each key separate in designed to give years of trou-
order to avoid a starting malfunction. ble-free service, however you
To activate the immobilizer system: should avoid exposure to mois-
Turn the engine start/stop button to ture, static electricity and rough
the OFF position. The immobilizer CAUTION handling. Immobilizer system
system activates automatically. Do not put metal accessories malfunction could occur.
Without a valid smart key for your near the smart key.
vehicle, the engine will not start. The engine may not start because
the metal accessories may inter- CAUTION
CAUTION rupt the transponder signal from Do not change, alter or adjust
In order to prevent theft of your transmitting normally. the immobilizer system because
vehicle, do not leave spare keys it could cause the immobilizer
anywhere in your vehicle. Your ✽ NOTICE system to malfunction and
Immobilizer password is a cus- should only be serviced by an
tomer unique password and If you need additional keys or lose authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
should be kept confidential. Do your keys, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Malfunctions caused by improp-
not leave this number anywhere er alterations, adjustments or
in your vehicle. modifications to the immobilizer
system are not covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.

4 15
Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Part 15 Battery replacement 4. Install the battery in the reverse
of the FCC rules. order of removal.
Operation is subject to the following • The smart key is designed to give
two conditions: you years of trouble-free use, how-
1. This device may not cause harm- ever it can malfunction if exposed
ful interference, and to moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use or
2. This device must accept any inter- replace the battery, contact an
ference received, including inter- authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ference that may cause undesired
operation. • Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
WARNING • To avoid damaging the smart key,
OHG040009
Changes or modifications not don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
expressly approved by the party A smart key battery should last for to heat or sunlight.
responsible for compliance several years, but if the smart key is
not working properly, try replacing • An inappropriately dis-
could void the user’s authority posed battery can be harm-
to operate the equipment. If the the battery with a new one. If you are
ful to the environment and
keyless entry system is inoper- unsure how to use your smart key or human health. Dispose the
ative due to changes or modifi- replace the battery, contact an battery according to your
cations not expressly approved authorized HYUNDAI dealer. local law(s) or regulation.
by the party responsible for 1. Remove the mechanical key.
compliance, it will not be cov- 2. Pry open the rear cover.
ered by your manufacturer’s CAUTION - Smart key
vehicle warranty. 3. Replace the battery with a new damage
battery (CR2032). When replacing Do not drop, get wet or expose
the battery, make sure the battery the smart key to heat or sun-
position. light, or it will be damaged.

4 16
Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


Armed stage • Lock the doors by pressing the lock
button on the smart key.
Using the smart key (if equipped)
After completion of the steps above,
Armed Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
stage the hazard warning lights and chime
Arm the system as described below.
will operate once to indicate that the
1. Turn off the engine. system is armed.
2. Make sure that all doors, the If any door, liftgate (tailgate) or
Disarmed Theft-alarm
engine hood and liftgate (tailgate) engine hood remains open, the haz-
stage stage lid are closed and latched. ard warning lights and chime won't
3. • Lock the doors by pressing the operate and the theft-alarm will not
button of the front outside door arm. After you close the liftgate (tail-
handle with the smart key in your gate) and engine hood, the hazard
This system is designed to provide possession. warning lights blink once.
protection from unauthorized entry After completion of the steps above,
into the vehicle. This system is oper- the hazard warning lights and chime
ated in three stages: the first is the will operate once to indicate that the
"Armed" stage, the second is the system is armed.
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is
If any door remains open, the doors
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,
won't lock and the chime will sound
the system provides an audible
for 3 seconds. Close the door and try
alarm with blinking of the hazard
again to lock the doors.
warning lights.
If the liftgate (tailgate) hatch or the
engine hood remains open, the haz-
ard warning lights and the chime
won't operate, and the theft alarm
will not arm. After you close the lift-
gate (tailgate) and engine hood, the
hazard warning lights blink once.

4 17
Features of your vehicle

Using the transmitter (if equipped) Using the mechanical key Do not arm the system until all
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. Park the vehicle and stop the engine. passengers have left the vehicle. If
Arm the system as described below. Arm the system as described below. the system is armed while a pas-
senger(s) remains in the vehicle,
1. Turn off the engine and remove 1. Turn off the engine and remove the alarm may be activated when
the ignition key from the ignition the key from the ignition switch(if the remaining passenger(s) leave
switch. equipped). the vehicle. If any door (or trunk)
2. Make sure that all doors, the 2. Make sure that all doors, the or engine hood is opened within
engine hood and liftgate (tailgate) engine hood and liftgate (tailgate) 30 seconds after the system
are closed and latched. are closed and latched. enters the armed stage, the sys-
3. Lock the doors by pressing the 3. Lock the doors by inserting the key tem is disarmed to prevent an
lock button on the transmitter. into the key hole on the front out- unnecessary alarm.
After completion of the steps above, side door handle and turning the
the hazard warning lights will blink key toward the rear of the vehicle.
once to indicate that the system is If any door, liftgate (tailgate) or
armed. engine hood remains open, the theft-
If any door, liftgate (tailgate) or alarm will not arm.
engine hood remains open, the haz-
ard warning lights won't operate and ✽ NOTICE
theft-alarm will not arm. After you
close all doors, liftgate (tailgate) and If you lock or unlock the doors by
engine hood, the hazard warning using the mechanical key, the haz-
lights blink once. ard warning light won't operate.

4 18
Features of your vehicle

Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage Using the transmitter (if equipped)


The alarm will be activated if any of Using the smart key (if equipped) The system will be disarmed when
the following occurs while the system the doors are unlocked by pressing
The system will be disarmed when
is armed. the unlock button on the transmitter.
the doors are unlocked by pressing
• A door is opened without using the the unlock button on the smart key or After unlocking the doors, the hazard
transmitter, smart key or mechanical pressing the lock/unlock button of the warning lights will blink twice to indi-
key. front outside door handle with the cate that the system is disarmed.
• The liftgate (tailgate) is opened smart key in your possession. After unlocking the doors, if any door
without using the transmitter or After unlocking the doors, the hazard is not opened within 30 seconds, the
smart key. warning lights and chime will operate system will be rearmed.
• The engine hood is opened. twice to indicate that the system is
disarmed. Using the mechanical key
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously After unlocking the doors, if any door The system will be disarmed when
for approximately 30 seconds. The is not opened within 30 seconds, the the doors are unlocked with the
alarm will repeat once more unless system will be rearmed. mechanical key.
the system is disarmed. To turn off
the system, unlock the doors with the
mechanical key or transmitter or ✽ NOTICE
smart key. If you lock or unlock the doors by
using the mechanical key, the haz-
ard warning light and chime sound
won't operate.

4 19
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE
• Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
• If you lose your keys, contact your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust
the theft-alarm system because
it could cause the theft-alarm
system to malfunction and
should only be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improp-
er alterations, adjustments or
modifications to the theft-alarm
system are not covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.

4 20
Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from Using the smart key (if equipped)
outside the vehicle
Using the folding key (if equipped)

OVF041004

ODM042006 • Doors can be locked and unlocked


by pressing the lock button(1) and
• Doors can be locked and unlocked unlock button(2) on the smart key.
OVF041003 pressing the button of the outside
door handle with the smart key in Once the doors are unlocked, they
• Doors can be locked and unlocked your possession. may be opened by pulling the door
by pressing the lock button(1) and handle. When closing the door, push
unlock button(2) on the folding key. the door by hand. Make sure that
Once the doors are unlocked, they doors are closed securely.
may be opened by pulling the door For more detailed information, refer
handle. When closing the door, push to “Smart key” in this section.
the door by hand. Make sure that
doors are closed securely.
For more detailed information, refer
to "Folding key" in this section.

4 21
Features of your vehicle

Using the mechanical key in an 1. Unfold the folding key or remove the ✽ NOTICE
emergency situation mechanical key from the smart key. You can activate or deactivate the
■ Type A 2. Insert the key into the hole of the Tow Turn Unlock function. Refer to
outside door handle. Turn the key "User Settings" in this section.
toward the front of the vehicle to
unlock and toward the rear of the
vehicle to lock. WARNING
Lock • If you don't close the door
securely, the door may open
✽ NOTICE
Unlock
again.
• In cold and wet climates, door • Be careful that someone's
locks and door mechanisms may body and hands are not
ODM042011
not work properly due to freezing trapped when closing the door.
■ Type B conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
Lock
lock switch, the system may stop
Unlock operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.

ODMECO2035

If the smart key or folding key does


not operate normally, you can lock or
unlock the doors as follows:

4 22
Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from • If the inner door handle on either Central door lock switch
inside the vehicle front door is pulled when the door
■ Driver’s door
With the door lock button lock button is in the locked position,
the door will unlock and open.
• The front door cannot be locked if
the ignition key is in the ignition
switch and the door is open.
• The door cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and any
door is open.

ODM042014
If a power door lock ever fails to func- ■ Passenger’s door
tion while you are in the vehicle, try
one or more of the following:
ODM042013 • Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
• To unlock a door, push the door
manual) while simultaneously
lock button(1) to the “Unlock” posi-
pulling on the door handle.
tion. The red mark (2) on the button
will be visible. • Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button(1) to the “Lock” position. If • Lower a front window and use the
OANNCO43001
the door is locked properly, the red key to unlock the door from out-
mark (2) on the button will not be side. Operate by depressing the central
visible. door lock switch.
• To open a door, pull the door han- • When pushing down the lock switch
dle (3) outward. (1), all vehicle doors will lock.

4 23
Features of your vehicle

• When pushing down the lock


release switch (2), all vehicle doors WARNING - Doors WARNING - Unlocked
will unlock. • The doors should always be vehicles
• If the key is in the ignition switch fully closed and locked while Leaving your vehicle unlocked
and front door is open, the doors the vehicle is in motion to pre- can invite theft or possible harm
will not lock even though the cen- vent accidental opening of the to you or others from someone
tral door lock switch (1) is pressed. door. Locked doors will also hiding in your vehicle while you
• If the smart key is in the vehicle discourage potential intruders are gone. Always remove the
and any door is open, the doors when the vehicle stops or ignition key, engage the parking
will not lock even though the cen- slows. brake, close all windows and
tral door lock switch (1) is pressed. • Be careful when opening lock all doors when leaving
doors and watch for vehicles, your vehicle unattended.
motorcycles, bicycles or
pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door. WARNING - Unattended
Opening a door when some- children
thing is approaching can
cause damage or injury. An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended chil-
dren or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Furthermore,
children might operate features
of the vehicle that could injure
them, or they could encounter
other harm, possibly from some-
one gaining entry to the vehicle.
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.

4 24
Features of your vehicle

Impact sensing door unlock Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door.
system To open the rear door, pull the out-
All doors will be automatically side door handle (2).
unlocked if an impact or collision is Even though the doors are unlocked,
detected by the impact sensors while the rear door will not open by pulling
the ignition switch is ON. the inner door handle until the rear
However, the doors may not be door child safety lock is unlocked.
unlocked if mechanical problems
occur with the door lock system or
battery. WARNING - Rear door
locks
If children accidentally open the
✽ NOTICE rear doors while the vehicle is
ONCNCO2015
You can select some auto door in motion, they could fall out of
lock/unlock features in “User The child safety lock is provided to the vehicle, resulting in severe
Settings” as follows; help prevent children from acciden- injury or death. To prevent chil-
• Speed sensing auto door lock tally opening the rear doors from dren from opening the rear
• Auto door unlock when the igni- inside the vehicle. The rear door doors from the inside, the rear
tion key is removed from the igni- safety locks should be used whenev- door safety locks should be
tion switch or engine is turned off. er children are in the vehicle. used whenever children are in
• Auto door lock/unlock by shifting 1. Open the rear door. the vehicle.
the shift lever out of P(Park) or 2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into
into P(Park). the hole (1) and turn it to the lock
For more information, refer to ( ) position. When the child safe-
“User Settings” in this section. ty lock is in the lock position, the
rear door will not open even when
the inner door handle is pulled.

4 25
Features of your vehicle

LIFTGATE (TAILGATE)
Non-Powered liftgate (tailgate) ✽ NOTICE Closing the liftgate (tailgate)
Opening the liftgate (tailgate) In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.

WARNING
The liftgate (tailgate) swings
upward. Make sure no objects
or people are near the rear of
the vehicle when opening the
liftgate (tailgate).
ONCNCO2003
ONCNCO2002 To close the liftgate (tailgate), lower
CAUTION
and push down the liftgate (tailgate)
• The liftgate (tailgate) is locked or Make certain that you close the firmly. Make sure that the liftgate
unlocked when all doors are locked liftgate (tailgate) before driving (tailgate) is securely latched.
or unlocked with the key, transmitter, your vehicle. Possible damage
smart key or central door lock switch. may occur to the liftgate (tail-
• If unlocked, the liftgate (tailgate) gate) lift cylinders and attached
can be opened by pressing the hardware if the liftgate (tailgate)
handle switch and pulling the han- is not closed prior to driving.
dle up.
• Only the liftgate (tailgate) is
unlocked if the liftgate (tailgate)
unlock button on the transmitter or
smart key is pressed for about 1
second, or the liftgate (tailgate)
handle button is pressed when the
smart key is detected.
4 26
Features of your vehicle

Power liftgate (Power tailgate) ✽ NOTICE


WARNING - Exhaust (if equipped) When the engine is not running, the
fumes power liftgate (power tailgate) can
If you drive with the liftgate (tail- be operated regardless of gear posi-
gate) opened, you will draw dan- tion.
gerous exhaust fumes into your However, if ignition switch is ON
vehicle which can cause serious position, the power liftgate (power
injury or death to vehicle occu- tailgate) can operate when the auto-
pants. matic shift lever is in P (Park).
If you must drive with the lift-
gate (tailgate) opened, keep the WARNING
air vents and all windows open
so that additional outside air ONCNCO2005
Never leave children or animals
comes into the vehicle. unattended in your vehicle.
Children or animals might oper-
ate the power liftgate (power
tailgate) that could result in
WARNING - Rear cargo injury to themselves or others,
area or damage the vehicle.
Occupants should never ride in
the rear cargo area where no
restraints are available. To avoid
injury in the event of an acci-
dent or sudden stops, occu- ONCNCO2006
pants should always be proper-
ly restrained. (1) Power liftgate (Power tailgate)
handle switch
(2) Power liftgate (Power tailgate)
close button

4 27
Features of your vehicle

Opening the liftgate (tailgate) Closing the liftgate (tailgate)


WARNING
Make sure there are no people
or objects around the liftgate
(tailgate) before operating the
power liftgate (power tailgate).
Wait until the liftgate (tailgate) is
opened fully and stopped before
loading or unloading cargo or
passengers from the vehicle.

CAUTION ONCNCO2005 ONCNCO2006


Do not close or open the power The power liftgate (power tailgate) 1. Press the power liftgate (power
liftgate (power tailgate) manual- will open automatically by doing one tailgate) close button (approxi-
ly. This may cause damage to of the following: mately 1 second).
the power liftgate (power tail-
gate). If it is necessary to close • Press the liftgate (tailgate) unlock 2. The liftgate (tailgate) will close and
or open the power liftgate button on the transmitter or smart lock automatically.
(power tailgate) manually when key. For emergency stop while operating,
the battery is discharged or dis- • Press the liftgate (tailgate) handle press the power liftgate (power tail-
connected, do not apply exces- switch carrying the smart key with gate) close button shortly.
sive force. you.

For emergency stop while operating,


press the power liftgate (power tail-
gate) open button shortly.

4 28
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE
WARNING CAUTION
• The power liftgate (power tailgate)
The chime will sound and the Operating the power liftgate can be operated when the engine is
hazard warning flasher will (power tailgate) more than 5 not running. However the power
blink 10 times if you drive with times continuously could cause liftgate (power tailgate) operation
the liftgate (tailgate) closed but damages to the operating consumes large amounts of vehicle
not locked. Stop your vehicle motor. In this case, the system electric power. To prevent the bat-
immediately at a safe place and enters into a thermal protection tery from being discharged, do not
check if your liftgate (tailgate) is mode. In thermal protection operate it excessively e.g.: more
securely locked. mode, the power liftgate (power than approximately 10 times
tailgate) can not operate and the repeatedly.
chime will sound for 3 times by • To prevent the battery from being
Power liftgate (Power tailgate) any switch inputs. Leave your discharged, do not leave the power
non-opening conditions power liftgate (power tailgate) liftgate (power tailgate) in the
The power liftgate (power tailgate) system for rest about 1 minute open position for a long lime.
will not open or close automatically, and then operate. • Do not modify or repair any part
when the vehicle is moving more of the power liftgate (power tail-
than 2 mph (3 km/h). gate) by yourself. This must be
done by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
WARNING • When jacking up the vehicle to
The chime will sound continu- change a tire or repair the vehicle,
ously if you drive over 2 mph (3 do not operate the power liftgate
km/h) with the liftgate (tailgate) (power tailgate). This could cause
opened. Stop your vehicle the power liftgate (power tailgate)
immediately at a safe place and to operate improperly.
check if your liftgate (tailgate) is • In cold and wet climates, the
opened. power liftgate (power tailgate) may
not work properly due to freezing
conditions.

4 29
Features of your vehicle

Automatic reversal However, if the resistance is weak


such as from an object that is thin or CAUTION
soft, or the liftgate (tailgate) is near Do not put heavy stuffs on the
the latched position, the automatic power liftgate (power tailgate)
stop and reversal may not detect the before you operate the power
resistance. liftgate (power tailgate).
If the automatic reversal feature Additional weight on liftgate
operates continuously more than (tailgate) could cause damages
twice during opening or closing to the system.
operation, the power liftgate (power
tailgate) may stop at that position. At
this time, close the liftgate (tailgate) How to reset the power liftgate
manually and operate the liftgate (power tailgate)
ONCNCO2007 (tailgate) automatically again. If the battery has been discharged or
During power opening and closing if disconnected, or if the related fuse
the power liftgate (power tailgate) is has been replaced or disconnected,
blocked by an object or part of the WARNING for the power liftgate (power tailgate)
body, the power liftgate (power tail- Never intentionally place any to operate normally, reset the power
gate) will detect the resistance. object or part of your body in liftgate (power tailgate) as follow:
• If the resistance is detected while the path of the power liftgate 1. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
opening the liftgate (tailgate), it will (power tailgate) to make sure 2. While pressing the liftgate (tail-
stop and move in the opposite the automatic reversal oper- gate) close button, press the lift-
direction. ates. gate (tailgate) handle switch for
• If the resistance is detected while more than 3 seconds. (the chime
closing the liftgate (tailgate), it will will sound)
stop and move in the opposite 3. Close the liftgate (tailgate) manually.
direction.

4 30
Features of your vehicle

If the power liftgate (power tailgate) Power liftgate (Power tailgate)


does not work properly after the opening height user setting WARNING - Exhaust
above procedure, have the system fumes
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI If you drive with the liftgate (tail-
dealer. gate) open, you will draw dan-
gerous exhaust fumes into your
✽ NOTICE vehicle which can cause seri-
ous injury or death to vehicle
If the power liftgate (power tailgate) occupants. If you must drive
does not operate normally, first with the liftgate (tailgate) open,
check the following condition before keep the air vents and all win-
using the power liftgate (power tail- dows open so that additional
gate). outside air comes into the vehi-
Check if the shift lever is in: cle.
• P (Park) for automatic transaxle ONCNCO2006
vehicles
The driver may set the height of a
fully opened liftgate (tailgate) by fol- WARNING - Rear cargo
lowing the below instruction. area
1. Position the liftgate (tailgate) man- Occupants should never ride in
ually to the height you prefer. the rear cargo area where no
restraints are available. To avoid
2. Press the liftgate (tailgate) close injury in the event of an acci-
button for more than 3 seconds. dent or sudden stops, occu-
3. Close the liftgate (tailgate) manu- pants should always be proper-
ally after hearing the buzzer ly restrained.
sound.

The liftgate (tailgate) will open to the


height the driver has set up.

4 31
Features of your vehicle

Smart Liftgate (Smart Tailgate) How to use the Smart Liftgate 1. Setting
(if equipped) (Smart Tailgate) To activate the Smart Liftgate (Smart
The liftgate (tailgate) can be opened Tailgate), go to User Settings Mode
with no-touch activation satisfying all and select Smart Liftgate (Smart
the conditions below. Tailgate) on the LCD display.
• After 15 seconds when all doors
are closed and locked
❈ For more details, refer to "LCD
• Positioned in the detecting area for Display" in this chapter.
more than 3 seconds.

✽ NOTICE
• The Smart Liftgate (Smart
Tailgate) does not operate when:
ONC045077 - The smart key is detected within
On the vehicle equipped with a smart 15 seconds after the doors are
key, the liftgate (tailgate) can be closed and locked, and is contin-
opened with no-touch activation uously detected.
using the Smart Liftgate (Smart - The smart key is detected within
Tailgate) system. 15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and 60 inches
(1.5 m) from the front door han-
dles. (for vehicles equipped with
Welcome Light)
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.

4 32
Features of your vehicle

WARNING
• Make certain that you close
the liftgate (tailgate) before
driving your vehicle.
• Make sure there are no people
or objects around the liftgate
20 ~ 40 inches
(tailgate) before opening or
closing the liftgate (tailgate).
• Make sure objects in the rear
cargo area do not come out
ONC045078 ONC045079
when opening the liftgate (tail-
2. Detect and Alert 3. Automatic opening gate) on the slope way. It may
If you are positioned in the detecting The hazard warning lights will blink cause serious injury.
area (20 ~ 40 inches (50 ~ 100 cm) and chime will sound 2 times and • Make sure to deactivate the
behind the vehicle) carrying a smart then the liftgate (tailgate) will slowly Smart Liftgate (Smart Tailgate)
key, the hazard warning lights will open. function when washing your
blink and chime will sound for about vehicle.
3 seconds to alert you the smart key
has been detected and the liftgate Otherwise, the liftgate (tail-
(tailgate) will open. gate) may open inadvertently.
• The key should be kept out of
✽ NOTICE reach of children. Children
Do not approach the detecting area if may inadvertently open the
you do not want the liftgate (tailgate) Smart Liftgate (Smart Tailgate)
to open. If you have unintentionally while playing around the rear
entered the detecting area and the area of the vehicle.
hazard warning lights and chime
starts to operate, leave the detecting
area with the smart key. The liftgate
(tailgate) will stay closed.
4 33
Features of your vehicle

How to deactivate the ✽ NOTICE Detecting area


Smart Liftgate (Smart Tailgate) • If you press the door unlock but-
function using the smart key ton (2), the Smart Liftgate (Smart
■ Smart key Tailgate) function will be deacti- 20~40 inches

vated temporarily. But, if you do


not open any door for 30 seconds,
the Smart Liftgate (Smart
Tailgate) function will be activated
again.
• If you press the liftgate (tailgate)
open button (3) for more than 1
second, the liftgate (tailgate)
opens.
ODM044510K
• If you press the door lock button
(1) or liftgate (tailgate) open but- • The Smart Liftgate (Smart
OVF041004 ton (3) when the Smart Liftgate Tailgate) operates with a welcome
1. Door lock (Smart Tailgate) function is not in alert if the smart key is detected
2. Door unlock the Detect and Alert stage, the within 20~40 inches (50~100 cm)
Smart Liftgate (Smart Tailgate) from the liftgate (tailgate).
3. Liftgate (Tailgate) open function will not be deactivated. • The alert stops at once if the smart
4. Panic • In case you have deactivated the key is positioned outside the
Smart Liftgate (Smart Tailgate) detecting area during the Detect
If you press any button of the smart function by pressing the smart key and Alert stage.
key during the Detect and Alert button and opened a door, the
stage, the Smart Liftgate (Smart Smart Liftgate (Smart Tailgate)
Tailgate) function will be deactivated. function can be activated again by
closing and locking all doors.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Liftgate (Smart
Tailgate) function for emergency situ-
ations.
4 34
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Emergency liftgate (tailgate)


• The Smart Liftgate (Smart safety release WARNING
Tailgate) function will not work if • For emergencies, be fully
any of the following occurs: aware of the location of the
- The smart key is close to a radio emergency liftgate (tailgate)
transmitter such as a radio sta- safety release lever in this
tion or an airport which can vehicle and how to open the
interfere with normal operation liftgate (tailgate) if you are
of the transmitter. accidentally locked in the lug-
- The smart key is near a mobile gage compartment.
two way radio system or a cellu- • No one should be allowed to
lar phone. occupy the luggage compart-
- Another vehicle's smart key is ment of the vehicle at any time.
being operated close to your The luggage compartment is a
ONCNCO2004
vehicle. very dangerous location in the
• The detecting range may decrease Your vehicle is equipped with the event of a crash.
or increase when : emergency liftgate (tailgate) safety • Use the release lever for
- One side of the tire is raised to release lever located on the bottom emergencies only. Use
replace a tire or to inspect the of the liftgate (tailgate). When some- extreme caution, especially
vehicle. one is inadvertently locked in the lug- while the vehicle is in motion.
- The vehicle is slantingly parked gage compartment, the liftgate (tail-
on a slope or unpaved road, etc. gate) can be opened by doing as fol-
lows:
1. Remove the cover.
2. Push the release lever to the right.
3. Push up the liftgate (tailgate).

4 35
Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down
(7) Power window lock switch

✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.

ONC045081

4 36
Features of your vehicle

Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing


The ignition switch must be in the ON While driving with the rear windows
position for power windows to operate. down or with the sunroof (if
Each door has a power window equipped) in an open (or partially
switch that controls that door's win- open) position, your vehicle may
dow. The driver has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or
lock switch which can block the oper- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
ation of passenger windows. The dri- mal occurrence and can be reduced
ver’s door has a master power win- or eliminated by taking the follow-
dow switch that controls all the win- ing actions. If the noise occurs with
dows in the vehicle. The power win- one or both of the rear windows
dows can be operated for approxi- down, partially lower both front
mately 30 seconds after the ignition windows approximately one inch. If
ODM042020
key is removed or turned to the ACC you experience the noise with the
or LOCK position. However, if the sunroof open, slightly reduce the To open or close a window, press
front doors open, the power windows size of the sunroof opening. down or pull up the front portion of
cannot be operated within the 30 the corresponding switch to the first
second period. detent position (5).

4 37
Features of your vehicle

Auto up/down window (front seat) 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(if equipped) position.
2. Close windows and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least 1 second after
the window is completely closed.

OUN026013
Automatic reversal
ODM042021 If the upward movement of the win-
dow is blocked by an object or part of
Pressing down or pulling up the power the body, the window will detect the
window switch momentarily to the sec- resistance and will stop upward
ond detent position (6) completely movement. The window will then
lowers or lifts the window even when lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm)
the switch is released. To stop the win- to allow the object to be cleared.
dow at the desired position while the
window is in operation, momentarily
pull or push the switch in the direction
opposite of the window’s movement.
If the power window is not operated
correctly, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:

4 38
Features of your vehicle

If the window detects the resistance ✽ NOTICE


while the power window switch is The automatic reverse feature for WARNING
pulled up continuously, the window the driver’s window is only active Always check for obstructions
will stop upward movement then when the “auto up” feature is used before raising any window to
lower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm). If by fully pulling up the switch. The avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
the power window switch is pulled up automatic reverse feature will not If an object less than 0.16 in. (4
continuously again within 5 seconds operate if the window is raised using mm) in diameter is caught
after the window is lowered by the the halfway position on the power between the window glass and
automatic window reversal feature, window switch. the upper window channel, the
the automatic window reversal will automatic reverse window may
not operate. not detect the resistance and will
not stop and reverse direction.

4 39
Features of your vehicle

Power window lock button


CAUTION WARNING - Windows
• To prevent possible damage • NEVER leave the ignition key
to the power window system, (or smart key) in the vehicle.
do not open or close two win- • NEVER leave any child unat-
dows or more at the same tended in the vehicle. Even
time. This will also ensure the very young children may inad-
longevity of the fuse. vertently cause the vehicle to
• Never try to operate the main move, entangle themselves in
switch on the driver's door the windows, or otherwise
and the individual door win- injure themselves or others.
dow switch in opposing direc- • Always double check to make
tions at the same time. If this is sure all arms, hands, head
ODM042022
done, the window will stop and and other obstructions are
The driver can disable the power cannot be opened or closed. safely out of the way before
window switches on the rear passen-
closing a window.
gers' doors by pressing the power
window lock switch to the lock posi- • Do not allow children to play
tion (pressed). with the power windows. Keep
the driver’s door power win-
When the power window lock switch
dow lock switch in the LOCK
is pressed:
position (depressed). Serious
• The driver's master control can injury can result from uninten-
operate all the power windows. tional window operation by
• The front passenger's control can the child.
operate the front passenger's • Do not extend any head or
power window. arms outside through the win-
• The rear passenger's control can- dow opening while driving.
not operate the rear passenger's
power window.

4 40
Features of your vehicle

HOOD
Opening the hood
WARNING

ONCNCO2036
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise ODMNMC2034
ODM042023
the hood slightly, pull the second-
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) inside of the hood up When you check the engine
the hood. The hood should pop and lift the hood (2). compartment, please make sure
open slightly. your head is not injured by the
3. Raise the hood. It will raise com- hood safety hook which is
pletely by itself after it has been located inside of the hood.
WARNING raised about halfway.
Open the hood after turning off
the engine on a flat surface,
shifting the shift lever to the
P(Park) position, and setting the
parking brake.

4 41
Features of your vehicle

Closing the hood


1. Before closing the hood, check the
WARNING
following: • Before closing the hood,
ensure that all obstructions
• All filler caps in engine compart-
are removed from the hood
ment must be correctly installed.
opening. Closing the hood
• Gloves, rags or any other com- with an obstruction present in
bustible material must be removed the hood opening may result
from the engine compartment. in property damage or severe
2. Lower the hood halfway and push personal injury.
down to securely lock in place. • Do not leave gloves, rags or
any other combustible materi-
al in the engine compartment.
Doing so may cause a heat-
induced fire.
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away. If
it is not latched, the hood
could open while the vehicle
is being driven, causing a
total loss of visibility, which
might result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood in the raised posi-
tion, as vision is obstructed
and the hood could fall or be
damaged.

4 42
Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID


Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it clicks one time. This indi-
cates that the cap is securely tight-
ened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
in lightly making sure that it is
securely closed.

ODM044026

ODM042025 1. Stop the engine.


2. Pull the fuel filler lid opener lever,
The fuel filler lid must be opened then the fuel filler lid will pop up.
from inside the vehicle by pulling the
fuel filler lid opener lever located on 3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully
the driver’s door. open.
4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel
tank cap (2) counterclockwise.
✽ NOTICE
5. Refuel as needed.
If the fuel filler lid will not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to break
the ice and release the lid. Do not pry
on the lid. If necessary, spray around
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or
move the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.

4 43
Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Refueling (Continued)


• If pressurized fuel sprays out, dangers • Do not get back into a vehicle
it can cover your clothes or Automotive fuels are flammable once you have begun refuel-
skin and thus subject you to materials. When refueling, please ing since you can generate
the risk of fire and burns. note the following guidelines static electricity by touching,
Always remove the fuel cap carefully. Failure to follow these rubbing or sliding against any
carefully and slowly. If the cap guidelines may result in severe item or fabric (polyester, satin,
is venting fuel or if you hear a personal injury, severe burns or nylon, etc.) capable of produc-
hissing sound, wait until the death by fire or explosion. ing static electricity. Static
condition stops before com- electricity discharge can
• Read and follow all warnings ignite fuel vapors resulting in
pletely removing the cap. posted at the gas station facility. rapid burning. If you must re-
• Do not "top off" after the noz- • Before refueling, note the enter the vehicle, you should
zle automatically shuts off location of the Emergency once again eliminate poten-
when refueling. Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, tially dangerous static elec-
• Tighten the cap until it clicks at the gas station facility. tricity discharge by touching a
one time, otherwise the • Before touching the fuel noz- metal part of the vehicle, away
Malfunction Indicator Light zle, you should eliminate from the fuel filler neck, noz-
will illuminate. potentially dangerous static zle or other gasoline source.
• Always check that the fuel cap electricity discharge by touch- (Continued)
is installed securely to pre- ing another metal part of the
vent fuel spillage in the event vehicle, a safe distance away
of an accident. from the fuel filler neck, noz-
zle, or other gas source.
(Continued)

4 44
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) CAUTION


• When using an approved • When refueling, always shut • Make sure to refuel your vehi-
portable fuel container, be sure the engine off. Sparks pro- cle according to the "Fuel
to place the container on the duced by electrical compo- requirements" suggested in
ground prior to refueling. Static nents related to the engine section 1.
electricity discharge from the can ignite fuel vapors causing
container can ignite fuel vapors a fire. Once refueling is com- • If the fuel filler cap requires
causing a fire. Once refueling plete, check to make sure the replacement, use only a gen-
has begun, contact with the filler cap and filler door are uine HYUNDAI cap or the
vehicle should be maintained securely closed, before start- equivalent specified for your
until the filling is complete. ing the engine. vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler
cap can result in a serious
Use only approved portable • DO NOT use matches or a malfunction of the fuel system
plastic fuel containers designed lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or or emission control system.
to carry and store gasoline. leave a lit cigarette in your
vehicle while at a gas station • Do not spill fuel on the exterior
• Do not use cellular phones surfaces of the vehicle. Any
while refueling. Electric cur- especially during refueling.
Automotive fuel is highly type of fuel spilled on painted
rent and/or electronic interfer- surfaces may damage the paint.
ence from cellular phones can flammable and can, when
potentially ignite fuel vapors ignited, result in fire. • After refueling, make sure the
causing a fire. • If a fire breaks out during refu- fuel cap is installed securely
eling, leave the vicinity of the to prevent fuel spillage in the
(Continued) event of an accident.
vehicle, and immediately con-
tact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department or 911.
Follow any safety instructions
they provide.

4 45
Features of your vehicle

Emergency fuel filer door


release

ODM042027

If the fuel filler door does not open


using the remote fuel filler door
release, you can open it manually.
Unsnap and remove the panel in the
cargo area. Pull the handle outward
slightly.

CAUTION
Do not pull the handle exces-
sively, otherwise the luggage
area trim or release handle may
be damaged.

4 46
Features of your vehicle

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)


Type A • In cold and wet climates, the sun-
The sunroof can only be opened, roof may not work properly due to
closed, or tilted when the ignition freezing conditions.
switch is in the ON position. • After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
Type B operating it.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition key is removed or turned to CAUTION - Sunroof
the ACC or LOCK position. However, control lever
ODM042028 if the front doors are opened, the Do not continue to move the sun-
sunroof cannot be opened even with- roof control lever after the sun-
If your vehicle is equipped with a
in the 30 seconds period. roof is fully opened, closed, or
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control lever tilted. Damage to the motor or
located on the overhead console. system components could occur.

CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is fully
closed when leaving your vehi-
cle. If the sunroof is opened, rain
or snow may leak through the
sunroof and wet the interior as
well as cause theft.

4 47
Features of your vehicle

Sunroof open warning The warning chime will sound for a few Sunshade
(if equipped) seconds and a message "Sunroof
Open" will appear on the LCD display.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.

WARNING
• Never adjust the sunroof or
sunshade while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may
cause death, serious injury, or
ODM042029
property damage.
ODMECO2002
• If you would like to carry items To open the sunshade
Type A on the roof using a cross bar, Press the sunshade open button (1).
do not operate the sunroof.
If the driver removes the ignition key
(smart key: turns off the engine) and • When carrying cargo on the
opens the driver-side door when the roof, do not load heavy items
sunroof is not fully closed. above the sunroof or glass roof.
• Do not allow children to oper-
ate the sunroof.
Type B
If the driver removes the ignition key
(smart key: turns off the engine) CAUTION
when the sunroof is not fully closed. Do not extend any luggage out
side the sunroof while driving.

4 48
Features of your vehicle

To close the sunshade when the Sliding the sunroof


sunroof glass is closed CAUTION
Type A • Do not pull or push the sun-
shade by hand. It could cause
- Press the sunshade close button (2).
sunshade failure.
❈ When you press the sunshade
• Close the sunroof when driv-
close button (2) with the sunroof
ing through dusty roads. Dust
glass opened, the sunshade will
may cause a malfunction of
be closed halfway.
the vehicle system.
- Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward or pull it down.

Type B ODM042030
- Press the sunshade close button (2).
When the sunshade is closed
❈ When you press the sunshade
close button (2) with the sunroof If you pull the sunroof control lever
glass opened, the sunshade will backward, the sunshade and sunroof
be closed halfway, then sunroof glass will slide all the way open. To
glass will be closed and then sun- stop the sunroof movement at any
shade will be fully closed finally. point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momen-
tarily.

✽ NOTICE
Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as
material characteristic are normal.

4 49
Features of your vehicle

When the sunshade is opened Tilting the sunroof Closing the sunroof
If you pull the sunroof control lever To close (or tilt down) the sunroof
backward, the sunroof glass will slide
- Pull the sunroof glass control lever
all the way open. To stop the sunroof
downward (or forward).
movement at any point, pull or push
the sunroof control lever momentarily. Type A
❈ When you pull the sunroof glass
control lever downward (or for-
✽ NOTICE ward) with the sunshade opened,
Only the front glass of the panora- the sunshade will be closed
ma sunroof opens and closes. halfway and then glass will be
closed (or tilt down) and then sun-
shade will be fully closed finally.
ODM042033

When the sunshade is closed Type B


If you push the sunroof control lever ❈ When you pull the sunroof glass
upward, the sunshade will slide halfway control lever downward (or for-
open then the sunroof glass will tilt. ward) with the sunshade opened,
To stop the sunroof movement at any the glass will be closed (or tilt
point, pull or push the sunroof control down).
lever momentarily.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
When the sunshade is opened lever momentarily.
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.

4 50
Features of your vehicle

Automatic reversal
WARNING - Sunroof CAUTION
• Be careful that someone’s • Periodically remove any dirt
head, hands and body are not that may accumulate on the
trapped by a closing sunroof. guide rail.
• Do not extend the face, neck, • If you drive with the sunroof
arms or body outside through opened right after a car wash
an opened sunroof while driv- or rain, water may get inside
ing. the vehicle.
• Make sure your hands and
face are safely out of the way
before closing a sunroof. CAUTION - Sunroof motor
OYF049215 • A panoramic sunroof is made damage
If an object or part of the body is of glass, therefore it may break If you try to open the sunroof
detected while the sunroof glass or in an accident. If you do not when the temperature is below
sunshade is closing automatically, it have your seat belt on, you freezing or when the sunroof is
will reverse the direction, and then may contact the broken glass covered with snow or ice, the
stop. and get injured or killed. For all glass or the motor could be
passengers safety, have the damaged.
The auto reverse function does not
seat belts on. (ex. seat belt,
work if a tiny obstacle is between the
CRS, etc.)
sliding glass or sunshade and the
sunroof sash. You should always
check that all passengers and
objects are away from the sunroof
before closing it.
Do not extend the face, neck, arms or
body outside the sunroof while driving.

4 51
Features of your vehicle

Resetting the sunroof 5.Push the sunroof control lever for-


Sunroof needs to be reset if (in the ward in the direction of close, until
followings) the sunroof operates as follows
again:
- Battery is discharged or discon-
nected or the related fuse has been
replaced or disconnected. The sunshade and sunroof glass
- The one-touch sliding function of slide open → The sunroof glass
the sunroof does not normally oper- slide close → The sunshade close
ate.
Then, release the lever.
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. When this is complete, the sunroof
2.Close the sunshade and sunroof system has been reset.
completely if opened.
3.Release the sunroof control lever.
✽ NOTICE
4.Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward in the direction of close
If you do not reset the sunroof, it
(about 10 seconds) until the sun-
may not work properly.
roof moves a little. Then, release
the lever.

4 52
Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS) ✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
The power steering uses a motor to The following symptoms may occur
assist you in steering the vehicle. If • If the Electric Power Steering during normal vehicle operation:
the engine is off or if the power steer- System does not operate nor- • The EPS warning light does not
ing system becomes inoperative, the mally, the warning light will illuminate.
vehicle may still be steered, but it will illuminate on the instrument • The steering gets heavy immedi-
require increased steering effort. cluster. The steering wheel ately after turning the ignition
may become difficult to con- switch on. This happens as the sys-
The motor driven power steering is trol or operate abnormally.
controlled by a power steering con- tem performs the EPS system
Take your vehicle to an diagnostics. When the diagnostics
trol unit which senses the steering authorized HYUNDAI dealer
wheel torque and vehicle speed to is completed, the steering wheel
and have the vehicle checked will return to its normal condition.
command the motor. as soon as possible. • A click noise may be heard from
The steering becomes heavier as • When you operate the steer- the EPS relay after the ignition
the vehicle’s speed increases and ing wheel in low temperature, switch is turned to the ON or
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s abnormal noise could occur. If LOCK (OFF) position.
speed decreases for optimum steer- temperature rises, the noise • A motor noise may be heard when
ing control. will disappear.This is a normal the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
Should you notice any change in the condition. driving speed.
effort required to steer during normal • If the Electric Power Steering
vehicle operation, have the power System does not operate normally,
steering checked by an authorized the warning light will illuminate on
HYUNDAI dealer. the instrument cluster. The steer-
ing wheel may become difficult to
control or operate abnormally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
(Continued)

4 53
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Tilt & telescopic steering


• Some noises may be heard when A tilt steering wheel allows you to
operating the steering in low tem- adjust the steering wheel before you
peratures. When the temperature drive. You can also raise it to give
rises, the noise will disappear. This your legs more room when you exit
is a normal condition. and enter the vehicle (if equipped).
• The steering effort may become
heavy when the charging system
warning light comes on. The steering wheel should be posi-
tioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning ODM042036
lights and gauges.
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock release lever (1),
WARNING - Steering adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (if
• Never adjust the angle and
equipped) (3), then pull up the lock-
height of steering wheel while
release lever to lock the steering
driving. You may lose your
wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the
steering control and cause
steering wheel to the desired posi-
severe personal injury or acci-
tion before driving.
dents.
• After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and
down to be certain it is locked
in position.

4 54
Features of your vehicle

Heated steering wheel ✽ NOTICE Horn


(if equipped) • The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes after the heated steering
wheel is turned on.
• If you turn on the ignition again
after turning off your engine in half
an hour (after operating heater
button), the heating system will be
maintained in its 'on' condition.

CAUTION
• Do not install any grip to oper- ODM042038
OANNCO43006 ate the steering wheel. This To sound the horn, press the area
With the ignition switch in the ON causes damage to the heated indicated by the horn symbol on your
position, pressing the heated steer- steering wheel system. steering wheel (see illustration). The
ing wheel button warms the steering • When cleaning the heated horn will operate only when this area
wheel. The indicator on the button steering wheel, do not use an is pressed.
will illuminate and notify you on the organic solvent such as paint Check the horn regularly to be sure it
LCD display. thinner, benzene, alcohol and operates properly.
To turn the heated steering wheel off, gasoline. Doing so may dam-
press the button once again. The age the surface of the steering
indicator on the button will turn off wheel.
and notify you on the LCD display. • If the surface of the steering
wheel is damaged by a sharp
object, damage to the heated
steering wheel components
could occur.

4 55
Features of your vehicle

Driver selectable steering ■ Type A


CAUTION mode (if equipped)
• Do not strike the horn severe-
ly to operate it, or hit it with
your fist. Do not press on the
horn with a sharp-pointed
object.
• When cleaning the steering
wheel, do not use an organic
solvent such as thinner, ben-
ODM042040
zene, alcohol or gasoline. ■ Type B
Doing so may damage the
steering wheel.
ODM042039

The driver selectable steering mode


controls steering effort as driver's
preference or road condition.
You can select the desired steering
mode by pressing the driver selec-
table steering mode button. ODM042044
The driver selectable steering mode When the steering mode button is
stays in the last mode selected when pressed, the selected steering mode
turning the engine on. will appear on the LCD display.
If the steering mode button is pressed
within 4 seconds, the steering mode
will change as above pictures.

4 56
Features of your vehicle

If the steering wheel mode button is Normal mode Comfort mode


not pressed for about 4 seconds, the
■ Type A ■ Type A
LCD display will change to the previ-
ous screen.

ODM042041 ODM042042
■ Type B ■ Type B

ODM042045 ODM042046

The normal mode offers medium The steering effort becomes lighter
steering effort. in comfort mode.

4 57
Features of your vehicle

Sport mode
CAUTION
■ Type A
• For your safety, if you press the
steering mode button to
change the mode while turning
the steering wheel, the LCD
display will change as you
selected, but the steering effort
will not change. After that, if
you leave the steering wheel
centered, the steering effort will
ODM042043
change to the selected mode.
■ Type B • Be careful when changing the
steering mode while driving.
• When the electronic power
steering is not working prop-
erly, the driver selectable
steering mode will not work.

ODM042047

The steering effort becomes heavier.

4 58
Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the with HomeLink® system, compass
■ Type A
center view through the rear window and Blue Link® (if equipped)
is seen. Make this adjustment before Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Night
you start driving. Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated
WARNING - Rear visibility HomeLink® Wireless Control System.
Do not place objects in the rear During nighttime driving, this feature
seat or cargo area which would Day
will automatically detect and reduce
ONCNCO2008 rearview mirror glare while the com-
interfere with your vision ■ Type B
through the rear window. pass indicates the direction the vehi-
cle is pointed. The HomeLink®
Night Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
WARNING gate, home lighting, etc.
Do not modify the inside mirror
and do not install a wide mirror.
It could result in injury, during Day
an accident or deployment of ONCNCO2010
the air bag. Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicles behind you during night
driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.

4 59
Features of your vehicle

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Automatic-dimming function


Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror Your mirror will automatically dim
The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is upon detecting glare from the vehi-
the most advanced way to reduce cles traveling behind you. The auto-
annoying glare in the rearview mirror dimming function can be controlled
during any driving situation. For more by the Dimming ON/OFF Button:
information regarding NVS® mirrors
and other applications, please refer 1. Pressing and hold the button for
to the Gentex website: 3 seconds turns the autodimming
www.gentex.com function OFF which is indicated by
the green Status Indicator LED
OYF042250N
✽ NOTICE turning off.
(1) Telematics button The NVS® Mirror automatically 2. Pressing and hold the button for
(2) Telematics button reduces glare during driving condi- 3 seconds again turns the auto-
(3) Telematics button tions based upon light levels moni- dimming function ON which is indi-
tored in front of the vehicle and cated by the green Status
(4) Compass control button & Indicator LED turning on.
Dimming ON/OFF button from the rear of the vehicle. These
light sensors are visible through The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
(5) Status indicator LED openings in the front and rear of the tion each time the vehicle is started.
(6) Channel 1 button mirror case. Any object that
(7) Channel 2 button obstructs either light sensor will
degrade the automatic dimming Z-Nav™ Compass Display
(8) Channel 3 button The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is
control feature.
(9) Compass display also equipped with a Z-Nav™
(10) Rear light sensor Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

4 60
Features of your vehicle

Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF and will remember the last state
when the ignition is cycled. To turn
the display feature ON/OFF:
1. Press and release the button
within 1 second to turn the display
feature OFF.
2. Press and release the button
again within 1 second to turn the
display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the
button and are detailed below.

There is a difference between mag-


netic north and true north. The com-
pass in the mirror can compensate
for this difference when it knows the
Magnetic Zone in which it is operat-
ing. This is set either by the dealer or
by the user. The operating Zone
Numbers for North America are
shown in the figure on the following
section.
B520C05NF

4 61
Features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting: 1. Press and hold the button for Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
1. Determine the desired Zone more than 9 seconds. When the Control System
Number based upon your current compass memory is cleared a "C" The HomeLink® Wireless Control
location on the Zone Map. will appear in the display. System provides a convenient way to
2. Press and hold the button for 6 2. To calibrate the compass, drive replace up to three hand-held radio-
seconds, the current Zone the vehicle in 2 complete circles at frequency (RF) transmitters with a
Number will appear on the display. less than 5 mph (8 km/h). single built-in device. This innovative
feature will learn the radio frequency
3. Pressing and holding the button codes of most current transmitters to
again will cause the numbers to operate devices such as gate opera-
increment (Note: they will repeat tors, garage door openers, entry
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing door locks, security systems, even
the button when the desired Zone home lighting. Both standard and
Number appears on the display rolling code-equipped transmitters
will set the new Zone. can be programmed by following the
4. Within about 5 seconds the com- outlined procedures. Additional
pass will start displaying a com- HomeLink® information can be found
pass heading again. at: www.homelink.com or by calling
1-800-355-3515.
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle mag-
nets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct for these changes. To re-cali-
brate the compass:

4 62
Features of your vehicle

Retain the original transmitter of the Programming HomeLink®


WARNING RF device you are programming for ✽ NOTICE
Before programming HomeLink® use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink® programming. It is • When programming a garage
to a garage door opener or gate door opener, it is advised to park
operator, make sure that people also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed the vehicle outside of the garage.
and objects are out of the way of • It is recommended that a new bat-
the device to prevent potential HomeLink® buttons be erased for
security purposes. tery be placed in the hand-held
harm or damage. Do not use transmitter of the device being pro-
HomeLink® with any garage grammed to HomeLink® for quick-
door opener that lacks the safe- er training and accurate transmis-
ty stop and reverse features sion of the radio-frequency signal.
required by U.S. federal safety • Some vehicles may require the
standards (this includes any ignition switch to be turned to the
garage door opener model man- second (or "accessories") position
ufactured before April 1, 1982). for programming and/or opera-
A garage door that cannot tion of HomeLink.
detect an object - signaling the • In the event that there are still pro-
door to stop and reverse - does gramming difficulties or questions
not meet current U.S. federal after following the programming
safety standards. Using a steps listed below, contact
garage door opener without HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com
these features increases the or 1-800-355-3515.
risk of serious injury or death.

4 63
Features of your vehicle

Programming Flashing ✽ NOTICE


Some devices may require you to
Flashing replace this Programming step 3 with
procedures noted in the "Gate
Operator/Canadian Programming"
section. If the HomeLink® indicator
light does not change to a rapidly
blinking light after performing these
steps, contact HomeLink® at
www.homelink.com.
OYF042251N

OYF042252N 2. Position the end of your hand-held


transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm)
To train most devices, follow these away from the HomeLink® button
instructions: you wish to program while keeping
1. For first-time programming, press the indicator light in view.
and hold the two outside buttons 3. Simultaneously press and hold
( , ), HomeLink® Channel 1 both the HomeLink® and hand-
and Channel 3, until the indicator held transmitter buttons until the
light begins to flash (after 10 sec- HomeLink® indicator light changes
onds). Release both buttons. Do from a slow to a rapid blinking
not hold the buttons for longer light. Now you may release both
than 20 seconds. the HomeLink® and hand-held
transmitter buttons.

4 64
Features of your vehicle

4. Firmly press, hold for 5 seconds 6. Firmly press and release the Gate operator & Canadian pro-
and release the programmed "leam" or "smart" button. (The gramming
HomeLink® button up to two sepa- name and color of the button vary During programming, your handheld
rate times to activate the door. If the by manufacturer). There are 30 transmitter may automatically stop
door does not activate, press and seconds to initiate step 7. transmitting. Continue to press the
hold the just-trained HomeLink® but- 7. Return to the vehicle and firmly Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
ton and observe the indicator light. press, hold for 2 seconds and Control System button (note steps 2
• If the indicator light stays on con- release the programmed through 3 in the Programming portion
stantly, programming is complete HomeLink® button. Repeat the of this document) while you press
and your device should activate "press/hold/release" sequence a and re-press ("cycle") your handheld
when the HomeLink® button is second time, and, depending on transmitter every two seconds until
pressed and released. the brand of the garage door the frequency signal has been
• If the indicator light blinks rapidly opener (or other rolling code learned. The indicator light will flash
for 2 seconds and then turns to a equipped device), repeat this slowly and then rapidly after several
constant light, continue with sequence a third time to complete seconds upon successful training.
"Programming" steps 5-7 to com- the programming process.
plete the programming of a rolling Operating HomeLink®
code equipped device (most com- HomeLink® should now activate your To operate, simply press and release
monly a garage door opener). rolling code equipped device. the programmed HomeLink® button.
5. At the garage door opener receiv- Activation will now occur for the
er (motor-head unit) in the garage, trained device (i.e. garage door
locate the "leam" or "smart" but- opener, gate operator, security sys-
ton. This can usually be found tem, entry door lock, home/office
where the hanging antenna wire is lighting, etc.). For convenience, the
attached to the motor-head unit. hand-held transmitter of the device
may also be used at any time.

4 65
Features of your vehicle

Reprogramming a single Erasing HomeLink® buttons FCC ID: NZLTLMHL4


HomeLink® button Individual buttons cannot be erased. IC: 4112A-TLMHL4
To program a device to HomeLink® However, to erase all three pro-
using a HomeLink® button previously grammed buttons: This device complies with Part 15
trained, follow these steps: 1. Press and hold the two outer of the FCC Rules.
1.Press and hold the desired HomeLink® buttons until the indi- Operation is subject to the following
HomeLink® button. DO NOT cator light begins to flash after 10 two conditions:
release the button. seconds.
1. This device may not cause harm-
2.The indicator light will begin to flash 2. Release both buttons. Do not hold ful interference, and
after 20 seconds. Without releasing for longer than 20 seconds.
the HomeLink® button, proceed 2. This device must accept any inter-
The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless ference received, including inter-
with "Programming" step 2. Control System is now in the training ference that may cause undesired
(learn) mode and can be pro- operation.
For questions or comments, contact grammed at any time following the
HomeLink® at www.homelink.com or appropriate steps in the
Programming sections above. CAUTION
1-800-355-3515.
The transceiver has been tested
and complies with FCC and
Industry Canada rules. Changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsi-
ble for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate
the device.

4 66
Features of your vehicle

NVS® is a registered trademark and Blue Link® center Outside rearview mirror
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Be sure to adjust mirror angles
■ Type A
Gentex Corporation, Zeeland, before driving.
Michigan. HomeLink® is a registered
trademark owned by Johnson Your vehicle is equipped with both left-
Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee, hand and right-hand outside rearview
Wisconsin. mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch. The
mirror heads can be folded back to
prevent damage during an automatic
car wash or when passing in a narrow
street.
ONCNCO2009
■ Type B
CAUTION - Outside
rearview
mirrors
• The right outside rearview
mirror is convex. Objects seen
in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
• Use your interior rearview mir-
OYF042250N
ror or direct observation to
determine the actual distance
For the details, refer to the Blue Link® of following vehicles when
Owner’s Guide, navigation manual or changing lanes.
audio manual. The audio manual is in
this section.

4 67
Features of your vehicle

Remote control To adjust the position of the mirrors:


CAUTION 1. Place the ignition switch in the ON
Do not scrape ice off the mirror position.
face; this may damage the sur- 2. Move the lever(1) to R (right) or L
face of the glass. If ice should (left) to select the right side mirror
restrict movement of the mirror, or the left side mirror.
do not force the mirror for
adjustment. To remove ice, use 3. Press a corresponding point on
a deicer spray, or a sponge or the mirror adjustment control to
soft cloth with warm water. position the selected mirror up,
down, left or right.
4. After the adjustment, position the
CAUTION lever in the center to prevent inad-
OANNCO2076 vertent movement.
If the mirror is jammed with ice,
do not adjust the mirror by force. The electric remote control mirror
Use an approved spray de-icer switch allows you to adjust the posi- CAUTION
(not radiator antifreeze) to tion of the left and right outside
rearview mirrors. • The mirrors stop moving when
release the frozen mechanism or they reach the maximum
move the vehicle to a warm adjusting angles, but the
place and allow the ice to melt. motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
WARNING than necessary, the motor
Do not adjust or fold the outside may be damaged.
rearview mirrors while the vehi- • Do not attempt to adjust the
cle is moving.This could result in outside rearview mirror by
loss of control, and an accident hand. Doing so may damage
which could cause death, seri- the mirror.
ous injury or property damage.

4 68
Features of your vehicle

Reverse parking aid function Left or Right : When the outside Folding the outside rearview mir-
(if equipped) rearview mirror con- ror
trol switch is in the L
(Left) or R (Right)
position, both outside
rearview mirrors will
move downward.
Neutral : When the outside rearview
mirror control switch is in
the neutral (center) posi-
tion, the outside rearview
mirrors will not operate.

ODM044035N ✽ NOTICE ONCEMC3214


The outside rearview mirrors will
When you shift the shift lever to the R automatically revert to their original To fold outside rearview mirror, grasp
(Reverse) position, the outside positions under the following condi- the housing of mirror and then fold it
rearview mirror(s) will move down- tions: toward the rear of the vehicle.
ward to aid reverse parking. • When the ignition switch or engine
According to the position of the out- start/stop button is set to the ACC
side rearview mirror control switch or OFF position.
(1), the outside rearview mirror(s) will • When the shift lever is moved to
operate as follows: any position except the R
(Reverse) position.

4 69
Features of your vehicle

Blind zone mirror (BZM)


(if equipped) WARNING
• Always check the road condi-
tion while driving for unex-
pected situations even though
the vehicle is equipped with a
blind zone mirror.
• The blind zone mirror is a
device made for convenience.
Do not solely rely on the mir-
ror but always pay attention to
drive safely.
OFS043249

CAUTION
Do not clean the glass of any
mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel
or other petroleum-based on
cleaning products.

OFS053068

The blind zone mirror (BZM) is sup-


plemental mirror to reduce a driver's
blind zone that will show the rear
side territory of your vehicle. The
blind zone mirror is equipped with
the driver's outside rearview mirror.

4 70
Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A

1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display
6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)
■ Type B 7. Turn signal indicator lights

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ


from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in
this chapter.

ODMNMM2054/ODMNMM2055

4 71
Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control LCD Display Control


Adjusting Instrument Cluster
Illumination
■ Type A ■ Type B

ODM042224

The LCD display modes can be


ODM042056 ODMEDI2001/ODMEDI2029
changed by using the control buttons
The brightness of the instrument • The brightness has 20 levels : 1 on the steering wheel.
panel illumination is changed by (MIN) ~ 20 (MAX)
moving the illumination control knob • If you hold the illumination control (1) : MODE button for changing
right or left when the ignition switch knob on the right end (+) or left end modes
or Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or (-), the brightness will be changed (2) : MOVE button for changing
the tale lights are turned on. continuously. items
• If the brightness reaches to the (3) : SELECT/RESET button for
maximum or minimum level, an setting or resetting the
alarm will sound. selected item

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD


Display” in this chapter.

4 72
Features of your vehicle

Gauges
Speedometer Tachometer
■ Type A ■ Type A Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.

CAUTION
Do not operate the engine with-
in the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
ODMNMM2057 ODMNMM2059
■ Type B ■ Type B

ODMNMM2058 ODMNMM2221
The speedometer indicates the The tachometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated approximate number of engine revo-
in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo- lutions per minute (rpm).
meters per hour (km/h).

4 73
Features of your vehicle

Engine Coolant Temperature Fuel Gauge


Gauge
■ Type A ■ Type B
■ Type A ■ Type B
CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves
beyond the normal range area
toward the “H” position, it indi-
cates overheating that may
damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehi-
cle overheats, refer to “If the
Engine Overheats” in chapter 6. ODMNMM2223/ODMNMM2352
ODMNMM2222/ODMNMM2352 This gauge indicates the approxi-
This gauge indicates the tempera- mate amount of fuel remaining in the
ture of the engine coolant when the WARNING fuel tank.
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Never remove the radiator cap
button is ON. when the engine is hot. The
✽ NOTICE
engine coolant is under pressure • The fuel tank capacity is given in
and could severely burn. Wait chapter 8.
until the engine is cool before • The fuel gauge is supplemented by
adding coolant to the reservoir. a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.

4 74
Features of your vehicle

Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge


WARNING - Fuel Gauge
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain addi-
tional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the “E (Empty)”
level.

CAUTION ODMEDI2902/ODMEDI2904 OANNDI2901/OANNDI2902


Avoid driving with a extremely The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out-
low fuel level. Running out of tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
fuel could cause the engine to en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F
misfire damaging the catalytic when periodic maintenance should (-40°C ~ 60°C)
converter. be performed.
The outside temperature on the dis-
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 miles play may not change immediately
or kilometers. like a general thermometer to pre-
vent the driver from being inattentive.
The temperature unit (from °F to °C
or from °C to °F) can be changed by
using the “User Settings” mode of the
LCD display.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD


Display” in this chapter.

4 75
Features of your vehicle

Transaxle Shift Indicator


Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator
■ Type A ■ Type B

ODMEDI2907/OVF041049

This indicator displays which auto-


matic transaxle shift lever is select-
ed.

• Park : P
• Reverse : R
• Neutral : N
• Drive : D
• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

4 76
Features of your vehicle

LCD DISPLAY
LCD Modes
Symbol
Modes Explanation
Type A Type B
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter,
Trip Computer fuel economy, and so on.
For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

This mode informs of the tire pressure information


Service or or (if equipped), service interval (mileage or days) and warning
messages related to TPMS, washer fluid.

On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps,


User Settings
and so on.

A/V
- This mode displays the state of the A/V system.
(if equipped)

Turn By Turn
- This mode displays the state of the navigation.
(if equipped)

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.
❈ For "Trip Computer" mode, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

4 77
Features of your vehicle

Service Mode
Service Interval
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B

OANNDI2066/OANNDI2070 ODMEDI2067/ODMEDI2071 ODMEDI2068/ODMEDI2072

Service in Service required Service in OFF


It calculates and displays when you If you do not have your vehicle serv- If the service interval is not set,
need a scheduled maintenance iced according to the already inputted “Service in OFF” message is dis-
service (mileage or days). service interval, “Service required” played on the LCD display.
message is displayed for several sec-
If the remaining mileage or time
onds each time you set the ignition
reaches 900 mi. (1,500 km) or 30
switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to ✽ NOTICE
days, "Service in" message is dis- If any of the following conditions
the ON position (The mileage and
played for several seconds each time occurs, the mileage and days may be
time changes to "---").
you set the ignition switch or Engine incorrect.
Start/Stop Button to the ON position. To reset the service interval to the
mileage and days you inputted before: - The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- Press the SELECT/RESET button - The battery is discharged.
for more than 1 second.

4 78
Features of your vehicle

User Settings Mode


Description Door
■ Type A ■ Type B Auto Door Lock (if equipped) Auto Door Unlock (if equipped)
• Off: • Off:
The auto door lock operation will The auto door unlock operation will
be deactivated. be canceled.
• Speed: • Key Out or Power Off:
All doors will be automatically All doors will be automatically
locked when the vehicle speed unlocked when the ignition key is
exceeds 15km/h (9.3mph). removed from ignition switch or
• Shift Lever: Engine Start/Stop Button is set to
the OFF position.
All doors will be automatically
ODMEDI2025/ODMEDI2054 locked if the automatic transaxle • Shift Lever:
On this mode, you can change set- shift lever is shifted from the P All doors will be automatically
ting of the doors, lamps, and so on. (Park) position to the R (Reverse), unlocked if the automatic transaxle
N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. shift lever is shifted to the P (Park)
position.

4 79
Features of your vehicle

Two Press Unlock (if equipped) Horn Feedback (if equipped) Lamp
• Off (not checked) : • Off (not checked) : Head Lamp Delay (if equipped)
The two press unlock function will The Horn feedback operation will If this item is checked, the headlamp
be deactivated. Therefore, all doors be deactivated. delay and headlamp welcome func-
will unlock if the door is unlocked. • On (checked) : tion will be activated.
• On (checked) : After locking the door by pressing
The driver’s door will unlock if the the lock button on the transmitter, if Welcome Light (if equipped)
door is unlocked. When the door is you press the lock button again If this item is checked, the welcome
unlocked again within 4 seconds, within 4 seconds, the warning light function of the puddle lamp will
all doors will unlock. sound will operate once to indicate be activated.
that all doors are locked.
Power Liftgate (Power Tailgate) Auto Triple Turn
(if equipped) (One-touch triple turn signal)
If this item is checked, the power lift- (if equipped)
gate (power tailgate) system function If this item is checked, the lane
will be activated. change signals will blink 3 times when
the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
Smart Liftgate (Smart Tailgate)
(if equipped) One Touch Turn Signal (if equipped)
If this item is checked, the Smart • Off:
Liftgate (Smart Tailgate) system func- The one touch turn signal function
tion will be activated. will be deactivated.
• 3, 5, 7 Flashing :
For more details, refer to "Liftgate The lane change signals will blink
(Tailgate)" in this chapter. 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn sig-
nal lever is moved slightly.
For more details, refer to ''Light'' in
this chapter.
4 80
Features of your vehicle

Settings Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped) Service Interval


Temperature Unit Choose the tire pressure unit. ■ Type A ■ Type B
Convert the temperature unit from °C (psi, kPa, Bar)
to °F or from °F to °C.
AVG Fuel Eco Reset
Welcome Sound • Auto Reset:
If this item is checked, the welcome The average fuel economy will
sound function will be activated. reset automatically when refueling.
• Manual Reset:
Shift Indicator (if equipped) The average fuel economy will not
If this item is checked, the shift indi- reset automatically whenever refu-
cator function will be activated. eling. OANNDI2065/OANNDI2069

For more details, refer to “Instrument For more details, refer to “Trip On this mode, you can activate the
Cluster” in this chapter. Computer” in this chapter. service interval function with mileage
(mi. or km) and period (months).
Seat Easy Access (if equipped)
If this item is checked, the driver’s
seat will automatically move forward
or rearward for the driver to enter or
exit the vehicle comfortably.

4 81
Features of your vehicle

A/V Mode (if equipped) Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped) Warning Messages
Shift to "P" position
(for smart key system)
■ Type A ■ Type B

ODMEDI2909 ODMEDI2910

This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of the
ODMEDI2002/ODMEDI2030
A/V system. navigation.
• This warning message illuminates if
you try to turn off the engine without
the shift lever in P (Park) position.
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
Button turns to the ACC position (If
you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button once more, it will turn to the
ON position).

4 82
Features of your vehicle

Low Key Battery Press start button while turn Steering wheel unlocked
(for smart key system) steering (for smart key system) (for smart key system)
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B

ODMEDI2003/ODMEDI2031 ODMEDI2004/ODMEDI2032 ODMEDI2005/ODMEDI2033

• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if the battery of the smart key is if the steering wheel does not if the steering wheel does not lock
discharged when the Engine unlock normally when the Engine when the Engine Start/Stop Button
Start/Stop Button changes to the Start/Stop Button is pressed. changes to the OFF position.
OFF position. • It means that you should press the
Engine Start/Stop Button while
turning the steering wheel right
and left.

4 83
Features of your vehicle

Check steering wheel lock Press brake pedal to start engine Key not in vehicle
system (for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system)
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B

ODMEDI2006/ODMEDI2034 ODMEDI2007/ODMEDI2035 ODMEDI2009/ODMEDI2037


• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if the steering wheel does not lock if the Engine Start/Stop Button if the smart key is not in the vehicle
normally when the Engine changes to the ACC position twice when you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button changes to the by pressing the button repeatedly Start/Stop Button.
OFF position. without depressing the brake pedal.
• It means that you should always
• It means that you should depress have the smart key with you.
the brake pedal to start the engine.

4 84
Features of your vehicle

Key not detected Press start button again Press start button with smart key
(for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system)
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B

ODMEDI2010/ODMEDI2038 ODMEDI2011/ODMEDI2039 ODMEDI2012/ODMEDI2040

• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not detected if you can not operate the Engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop
when you press the Engine Start/Stop Button when there is a Button while the warning message
Start/Stop Button. problem with the Engine Start/Stop “Key not detected” is illuminating.
Button system.
• At this time, the immobilizer indica-
• It means that you could start the tor light blinks.
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/ Stop Button once more.
• If the warning illuminates each
time you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

4 85
Features of your vehicle

Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH" Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine Door Open
(for smart key system) (for smart key system) ■ Type A ■ Type B
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B

ODMEDI2017/ODMEDI2045
ODMEDI2013/ODMEDI2041 ODMEDI2014/ODMEDI2042 • It means that any door is open.
• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if the brake switch fuse is discon- if you try to start the engine with
nected. the shift lever not in the P (Park) or
• It means that you should replace N (Neutral) position.
the fuse with a new one. If that is
not possible, you can start the ✽ NOTICE
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in You can start the engine with the
the ACC position. shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
But, for your safety, we recommend
that you start the engine with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position.

4 86
Features of your vehicle

Liftgate (Tailgate) Open Sunroof Open (if equipped) Align steering wheel
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B

ODMEDI2018/ODMEDI2046 ODMEDI2019/ODMEDI2047 ODMEDI2020/ODMEDI2049


• It means that the liftgate (tailgate) • The warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
is open. if you turn off the engine (and then if you start the engine when the
open the driver's door, if equipped) steering wheel is turned to more
when the sunroof is open. than 90 degrees to the left or right.
• It means that you should turn the
steering wheel and make the angle
of the steering wheel be less than
30 degrees.

4 87
Features of your vehicle

Low Washer Fluid (if equipped) Low Tire Pressure (if equipped) Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"
■ Type A ■ Type A
(if equipped)
■ Type B ■ Type B
■ Type A ■ Type B

ODMEDI2021/ODMEDI2050 ODM064023L/ODM064020L
ODMEDI2022/ODMEDI2051
• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
on the service reminder mode if if the tire pressure is low with the • This warning message illuminates
the washer fluid level in the reser- ignition switch or the Engine/Start if the fuse switch on the fuse box is
voir is nearly empty. Button in ON position. OFF.
• It means that you should refill the • It means that you should turn the
washer fluid. For more information, refer to "Tire fuse switch on.
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6. For more details, refer to “Fuses” in
chapter 7.

4 88
Features of your vehicle

TRIP COMPUTER
Overview
Description Trip Modes
The trip computer is a microcomput- TRIP A
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related • Tripmeter [A]
to driving. • Average Vehicle Speed [A]
• Elapsed Time [A]
✽ NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example TRIP B
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the
battery is disconnected. • Tripmeter [B]
• Average Vehicle Speed [B]
• Elapsed Time [B]

FUEL ECONOMY
• Distance To Empty
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy

To change the trip mode, press the


MOVE button .

4 89
Features of your vehicle

Trip A/B Tripmeter (1) ✽ NOTICE


■ Type A • The tripmeter is the total driving dis- • The average vehicle speed is not dis-
- Trip A - Trip B tance since the last tripmeter reset. played if the driving distance is less
- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 mi. than 0.03 miles (50 meters) or the
or km driving time is less than 10 seconds
• To reset the tripmeter, press the since the ignition switch or Engine
SELECT/RESET button on the Start/Stop button is turned to ON.
steering wheel for more than 1 • Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
second when the tripmeter is dis- the average vehicle speed keeps
played. going while the engine is running.

Elapsed Time (3)


Average Vehicle Speed (2) • The elapsed time is the total driv-
OANNDI2062/OANNDI2063
■ Type B • The average vehicle speed is cal- ing time since the last elapsed time
- Trip A - Trip B culated by the total driving dis- reset.
tance and driving time since the - Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59
last average vehicle speed reset.
• To reset the elapsed time, press
- Speed range: 0 ~ 999 MPH or km/h the SELECT/RESET button on
• To reset the average vehicle speed, the steering wheel for more than 1
press the SELECT/RESET button second when the elapsed time is
on the steering wheel for more displayed.
than 1 second when the average
vehicle speed is displayed.
✽ NOTICE
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
OANNDI2058/OANNDI2060 the elapsed time keeps going while
the engine is running.

4 90
Features of your vehicle

Fuel Economy ✽ NOTICE Manual reset


■ Type A • If the vehicle is not on level ground To clear the average fuel economy
■ Type B
or the battery power has been manually, press the SELECT/RESET
interrupted, the distance to empty button on the steering wheel for
function may not operate correctly. more than 1 second when the aver-
• The distance to empty may differ age fuel economy is displayed.
from the actual driving distance as
it is an estimate of the available Automatic reset
driving distance.
• The trip computer may not register To make the average fuel economy
additional fuel if less than 6 liters be reset automatically whenever refu-
(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode in
vehicle. User Setting menu of the LCD display
OANNDI2061/OANNDI2056
• The fuel economy and distance to (Refer to “LCD Display”).
empty may vary significantly based Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver-
Distance To Empty (1) on driving conditions, driving age fuel economy will be cleared to
• The distance to empty is the esti- habits, and condition of the vehicle. zero (---) when the vehicle speed
mated distance the vehicle can be exceeds 1 km/h after refueling more
driven with the remaining fuel. Average Fuel Economy (2) than 1.6 gallons (6 liters).
- Distance range : 30 ~ 9999 mi or • The average fuel economy is calcu-
50 ~ 9999 km. lated by the total driving distance ✽ NOTICE
• If the estimated distance is below and fuel consumption since the last The average fuel economy is not dis-
30 mi. (50 km), the trip computer will average fuel economy reset. played for more accurate calculation
display “---” as distance to empty. - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9 if the vehicle does not drive more
MPG or L/100km than 10 seconds or 0.03 miles (50
• The average fuel economy can be meters) since the ignition switch or
reset both manually and automati- Engine Start/Stop button is turned
cally. to ON.

4 91
Features of your vehicle

Instant Fuel Economy (3) One time driving information ✽ NOTICE


• This mode displays the instant fuel mode (if equipped) If "Window Open" or "Sunroof
economy during the last few sec- ■ Type A ■ Type B Open" warning message are dis-
onds when the vehicle speed is played in the cluster, this display
more than 6.2 MPH (10 km/h). may not be displayed in the cluster.
- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 50 MPG
or 0 ~ 30 L/100km

OAN064002/OAN064001

This display shows trip distance (1),


average fuel economy (2) and the
vehicle can be driven with the
remaining fuel (3).
This information is displayed for a
few seconds when you turn off the
engine and then goes off automati-
cally. The information provided is cal-
culated according to each trip.
If the estimated distance is below
1 mi. (1km), the distance to empty (3)
will display as "---" and a refuel mes-
sage will appear (4).

4 92
Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

✽ NOTICE - Warning lights


Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver
are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened.
any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON For more details, refer to the “Seat
situation that needs attention. position. Belts” in chapter 3.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

4 93
Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake Then check all brake components


Fluid Warning Light for fluid leaks. If any leak on the WARNING - Parking
brake system is still found, the Brake & Brake Fluid
warning light remains on, or the Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: brakes do not operate properly, do Driving the vehicle with a warn-
• Once you set the ignition switch or not drive the vehicle. ing light ON is dangerous. If the
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON In this case, have your vehicle Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
position. towed to an authorized HYUNDAI Warning Light illuminates with
- It illuminates for approximately 3 dealer and inspected. the parking brake released, it
seconds indicates that the brake fluid
- It remains on if the parking brake Dual-diagonal braking system level is low.
is applied. In this case, have your vehicle
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
• When the parking brake is applied. diagonal braking systems. This inspected by an authorized
• When the brake fluid level in the means you still have braking on two HYUNDAI dealer.
reservoir is low. wheels even if one of the dual sys-
- If the warning light illuminates tems should fail.
with the parking brake released, it With only one of the dual systems
indicates the brake fluid level in working, more than normal pedal
reservoir is low. travel and greater pedal pressure are
required to stop the vehicle.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
is low: short a distance with only a portion
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe of the brake system working.
location and stop your vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv-
2. With the engine stopped, check the ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
brake fluid level immediately and add al engine braking and stop the vehi-
fluid as required (For more details, cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7).

4 94
Features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System Electronic ✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake


(ABS) Warning Light Brake force force Distribution
Distribution (EBD) System
This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System Warning Light
Warning Light When the ABS Warning Light is on
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at or both ABS and Parking Brake &
position. the same time while driving: Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,
• When the ABS and regular brake the speedometer, odometer, or trip-
- It illuminates for approximately 3 meter may not work. Also, the EPS
seconds and then goes off. system may not work normally.
In this case, have your vehicle Warning Light may illuminate and
• When there is a malfunction with the steering effort may increase or
the ABS (The normal braking sys- inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. decrease.
tem will still be operational without In this case, have your vehicle inspect-
the assistance of the anti-lock ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
brake system). WARNING - Electronic er as soon as possible.
In this case, have your vehicle Brake force Distribution
inspected by an authorized (EBD) System Warning Light
HYUNDAI dealer. When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.

4 95
Features of your vehicle

Electronic Power Malfunction Indicator


Steering (EPS) Warning Lamp (MIL) CAUTION - Gasoline
Light (if equipped) Engine
If the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-
This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:
tial catalytic converter damage
• Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or is possible which could result in
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON loss of engine power.
position. position.
In this case, have your vehicle
- It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is inspected by an authorized
started. started. HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
• When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with possible.
the EPS. the emission control system.
In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION - Malfunction
Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
effect drivability and/or fuel
economy.

4 96
Features of your vehicle

Charging System If there is a malfunction with either Engine Coolant


Warning Light the alternator or electrical charging Temperature Warning
system: Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle. This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON 2. Turn the engine off and check the • When the engine coolant tempera-
position. alternator drive belt for looseness ture is above 120°C (248°F). This
or breakage. means that the engine is overheat-
- It remains on until the engine is
started. If the belt is adjusted properly, ed and may be damaged.
there may be a problem in the If your vehicle is overheated, refer
• When there is a malfunction with electrical charging system.
either the alternator or electrical to “Overheating” in chapter 6.
charging system. In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as pos- CAUTION - Engine
sible. Overheating
Do not continue driving with the
engine overheated. Otherwise
engine may be damaged.

4 97
Features of your vehicle

Engine Oil Pressure Low Fuel Level Warning


Warning Light CAUTION - Engine Oil Light
Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• If the engine does not stop
• Once you set the ignition switch or immediately after the Engine This warning light illuminates:
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Oil Pressure Warning Light is When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
position. illuminated, severe damage
- It remains on until the engine is could result.
started. If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
• If the warning light stays on
• When the engine oil pressure is low. Add fuel as soon as possible.
while the engine is running, it
indicates that there may be
If the engine oil pressure is low:
serious engine damage or CAUTION - Low Fuel
malfunction. In this case, Level
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as Driving with the Low Fuel Level
location and stop your vehicle.
it is safe to do so. warning light on or with the fuel
2. Turn the engine off and check the level below “0 or E” can cause
2. Turn off the engine and
engine oil level (For more details, the engine to misfire and dam-
check the oil level. If the oil
refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). If age the catalytic converter (if
level is low, fill the engine
the level is low, add oil as required. equipped).
oil to the proper level.
If the warning light remains on
3. Start the engine again. If the
after adding oil or if oil is not avail-
warning light stays on after
able, have your vehicle inspected
the engine is started, turn
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
the engine off immediately.
as soon as possible.
In this case, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.

4 98
Features of your vehicle

Low Tire Pressure This warning light remains on after


Warning Light blinking for approximately 60 seconds WARNING - Low tire
or repeats blinking and off at the pressure
intervals of approximately 3 seconds: • Significantly low tire pressure
This warning light illuminates: • When there is a malfunction with makes the vehicle unstable
the TPMS. and can contribute to loss of
• Once you set the ignition switch or vehicle control and increased
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized braking distances.
position.
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- • Continued driving or low
- It illuminates for approximately 3 ble. pressure tires will cause the
seconds and then goes off. tires to overheat and fail.
For more details, refer to “Tire
• When one or more of your tires are Pressure Monitoring System
significantly underinflated. (TPMS)” in chapter 6.
For more details, refer to “Tire WARNING - Safe Stopping
Pressure Monitoring System • The TPMS cannot alert you to
(TPMS)” in chapter 6. severe and sudden tire dam-
age caused by external fac-
tors.
• If you notice any vehicle insta-
bility, immediately take your
foot off the accelerator pedal,
apply the brakes gradually
with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the
road.

4 99
Features of your vehicle

Door Ajar Warning Light All Wheel Drive (AWD)


Warning Light
(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:


When a door is not closed securely. • Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
Liftgate (Tailgate) Open
Warning Light - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the AWD system.
This warning light illuminates:
In this case, have your vehicle
When the liftgate (tailgate) is not inspected by an authorized
closed securely. HYUNDAI dealer.

4 100
Features of your vehicle

Indicator Lights Electronic Stability ECO Indicator Light


Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF ECO
Control (ESC) Indicator Indicator Light
Light This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
When you activate the active ECO
• Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or
system by pressing the ACTIVE
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
ECO button.
position. position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. For more details, refer to “Active
seconds and then goes off. ECO System” in chapter 5.
• When there is a malfunction with • When you deactivate the ESC sys-
the ESC system. tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
ton.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to “Electronic


Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.

4 101
Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2


Light (Without Smart Key) Light (With Smart Key) seconds and goes off:
(if equipped) (if equipped) • When the vehicle can not detect
the smart key which is in the vehi-
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for up cle while the Engine Start/Stop
to 30 seconds: Button is ON.
• When the vehicle detects the
immobilizer in your key properly • When the vehicle detects the In this case, have your vehicle
while the ignition switch is ON. smart key in the vehicle properly inspected by an authorized
while the Engine Start/Stop Button HYUNDAI dealer.
- At this time, you can start the
engine. is ACC or ON.
- The indicator light goes off after - At this time, you can start the This indicator light blinks:
starting the engine. engine. • When the battery of the smart key
- The indicator light goes off after is weak.
starting the engine. - At this time, you can not start the
This indicator light blinks:
engine. However, you can start
• When there is a malfunction with the engine if you press the Engine
the immobilizer system. This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds: Start/Stop Button with the smart
In this case, have your vehicle key. (For more details, refer to
inspected by an authorized • When the smart key is not in the “Starting the Engine” in section 5).
HYUNDAI dealer. vehicle.
• When there is a malfunction with
- At this time, you can not start the the immobilizer system.
engine.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

4 102
Features of your vehicle

Turn Signal Indicator High Beam Indicator All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Light Light LOCK Indicator Light
(if equipped)

This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
• When you turn the turn signal light • When the headlights are on and in • Once you set the ignition switch or
on. the high beam position Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
If any of the following occurs, there
seconds and then goes off.
may be a malfunction with the turn
signal system. In this case, have your • When you select AWD Lock mode
Light ON Indicator Light by pressing the AWD LOCK button.
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. - The AWD LOCK mode is to
- The indicator light does not blink increase the drive power when
but illuminates. This indicator light illuminates: driving on wet pavement, snow
• When the tail lights or headlights covered roads and/or off-road.
- The indicator light blinks more
rapidly. are on.
- The indicator light does not illumi- CAUTION - AWD Lock
nate at all. Front Fog Indicator Mode
Light (if equipped) Do not use AWD LOCK mode on
dry paved roads or highway, it
can cause noise, vibration or
This indicator light illuminates: damage of AWD related parts.
• When the front fog lights are on.

4 103
Features of your vehicle

Cruise Indicator Light Downhill Brake Control


(if equipped) CRUISE (DBC) Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:


• When the cruise control system is • Once you set the ignition switch or
enabled. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
For more details, refer to “Cruise - It illuminates for approximately 3
Control System” in section 5. seconds and then goes off.
• When you activate the DBC sys-
tem by pressing the DBC button.
Cruise SET Indicator
Light (if equipped) SET
This warning light blinks:
• When the DBC is operating.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control speed is set. This warning light illuminates yellow:
• When there is a malfunction with
the DBC system.
For more details, refer to “Cruise
Control System” in section 5. In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to “Downhill


Brake Control (DBC) System” in
chapter 5.

4 104
Features of your vehicle

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


Operation of the rear parking
WARNING assist system
The rear parking assist system Operating condition
is a supplementary function
only. The operation of the rear
parking assist system can be
affected by several factors
(including environmental condi-
tions). It is the responsibility of
the driver to always check the
area behind the vehicle before
Sensors and while backing up.
ONCNCO2040
The rear parking assist system
assists the driver during backward
movement of the vehicle by chiming
OANNDR2100
if any object is sensed within a dis-
tance of 47 in. (120 cm) behind the • This system will activate when the
vehicle. This system is a supplemen- indicator on the rear parking assist
tal system and it is not intended to OFF button is not illuminated.
nor does it replace the need for
If you desire to deactivate the rear
extreme care and attention by the
parking assist system, press the
driver. The sensing range and
rear parking assist OFF button
objects detectable by the back sen-
again. (The indicator on the button
sors are limited. Whenever backing-
will illuminate.) To turn the system
up, pay as much attention to what is
on, press the button again. (The
behind you as you would in a vehicle
indicator on the button will go off.)
without a rear parking assist system.

4 105
Features of your vehicle

• This system will activate when Types of warning sound Non-operational conditions of
backing up with the ignition switch • When an object is 47 in. to 24 in. rear parking assist system
ON. (120 cm to 61 cm) from the rear The rear parking assist system
If the vehicle is moving at a speed bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- may not operate properly when:
over 10 km/h (6 mph), the system tently.
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
will be deactivated. • When an object is 23 in. to 12 in. will operate normally when the
• The sensing distance while the (60 cm to 31 cm) from the rear moisture has been cleared.)
rear parking assist system is in bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre-
2. The sensor is covered with foreign
operation is approximately 47 in. quently.
matter, such as snow or water, or
(120 cm). • When an object is within 11.8 in. the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
• When more than two objects are (30 cm) of the rear bumper: operate normally when the materi-
sensed at the same time, the clos- Buzzer sounds continuously. al is removed or the sensor is no
est object will be recognized first. longer blocked.)
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
4. Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motor-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes)
are within range of the sensor.
5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.
6. Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are within range of the
sensor.
7. Trailer towing.

4 106
Features of your vehicle

The detecting range may decrease Rear parking assist system ✽ NOTICE
when: precautions This system can only sense objects
1. The sensor is covered with foreign • The rear parking assist system within the range and location of the
matter such as snow or water. may not sound sequentially sensors; it can not detect objects in
(The sensing range will return to depending on the speed and other areas where sensors are not
normal when removed.) shapes of the objects detected. installed. Also, small or slim objects,
2. Outside air temperature is • The rear parking assist system may such as poles or objects located
extremely hot or cold. malfunction if the vehicle bumper between sensors may not be detected
height or sensor installation has by the sensors.
The following objects may not be been modified or damaged. Any Always visually check behind the
recognized by the sensor: non-factory installed equipment or vehicle when backing up.
accessories may also interfere with Be sure to inform any drivers of the
1. Sharp or slim objects such as vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
ropes, chains or small poles. the sensor performance.
the system regarding the systems
2. Objects which tend to absorb the • The sensor may not recognize capabilities and limitations.
sensor frequency such as clothes, objects less than 15 in. (40 cm)
spongy material or snow. from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
3. Undetectable objects smaller than
40 in. (1 m) and narrower than 6 • When the sensor is frozen or cov-
in. (14 cm) in diameter. ered with snow, dirt, or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until the
items are removed and the sen-
sors are cleaned using a soft cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

4 107
Features of your vehicle

Self-diagnosis (if equipped)


WARNING When you shift the gear to the R
Pay close attention when the (Reverse) position and if one or more
vehicle is driven close to of the below occurs you may have a
objects on the road, particularly malfunction in the rear parking assist
pedestrians, and especially system.
children. Be aware that some
• You don't hear an audible warning
objects may not be detected by
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
the sensors, due to the object’s
mittently.
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effective- If this occurs, have your vehicle
ness of the sensor. Always per- checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
form a visual inspection to dealer as soon as possible.
make sure the vehicle is clear of
all obstructions before moving WARNING
the vehicle in any direction. Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or dam-
age to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants due to a rear
parking assist system malfunc-
tion. Always drive safely and
cautiously.

4 108
Features of your vehicle

REAR VIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING
• This system is a supplemen-
tary function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always check the inside/out-
side rearview mirror and the
area behind the vehicle before
and while backing up.
ONCNCO2037
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. If the lens is covered
with foreign matter, the cam-
era may not operate normally.

✽ NOTICE
The rearview camera may not oper-
ate normally, in extremely high or
low temperatures (operating temper-
ature : -13°F~149°F (-20°C~65°C)).
ODM044239N
The rearview camera will activate
when the back-up light is ON with the
ignition switch ON and the shift lever
in the R position.
This system is a supplemental sys-
tem that shows behind the vehicle
through the monitor while backing-up.

4 109
Features of your vehicle

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER


■ Type A This causes all turn signal lights to
blink. The hazard warning lights will
operate even though the key is not in
the ignition switch.
To turn the hazard warning lights off,
push the switch a second time.

ODM042242
■ Type B

ODM042243
The hazard warning flasher should
be used whenever you find it neces-
sary to stop the car in a hazardous
location. When you must make such
an emergency stop, always pull off
the road as far as possible.
The hazard warning lights are turned
on by pushing in the hazard switch.

4 110
Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING
Battery saver function Headlamp delay (if equipped)
CAUTION
• The purpose of this feature is to If you turn the ignition switch to the
prevent the battery from being dis- ACC or OFF position with the head- If the driver gets out of the vehi-
charged. The system automatically lights ON, the headlights remain on cle through other doors (other
turns off the parking lights when for about 5 minutes. However, if the than the driver's door), the bat-
the driver removes the ignition key driver’s door is opened and closed, tery saver function does not
(smart key : turns off the engine) the headlights are turned off after 15 operate and the headlamp delay
and opens the driver-side door. seconds. does not turn off automatically.
This will cause the battery to be
• With this feature, the parking lights The headlights can be turned off by discharged. In this case, make
will be turned off automatically if pressing the lock button on the trans- sure to turn off the lamp before
the driver parks on the side of the mitter (or smart key) twice or turning getting out of the vehicle.
road at night. the light switch to the OFF or Auto
If necessary, to keep the lights on position.
when the ignition key is removed However, if you turn the light switch
(smart key : turns off the engine), to the Auto position when it is dark
perform the following: outside, the headlights will not be
1) Open the driver-side door. turned off.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch You can activate or deactivate this
on the steering column. feature. Refer to “User Settings” in
this section.

4 111
Features of your vehicle

Daytime running light Lighting control (1) OFF position


(if equipped) ■ Type A (2) Auto light position (if equipped)
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can (3) Parking light position
make it easier for others to see the (4) Headlight position
front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, and it is especially
helpful after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn OFF when:
• The headlights are ON.
• Engine stops. ODMCCO2006
• The parking brake is applied. ■ Type B

ODMCCO2007

The light switch has a Headlight and


a Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:

4 112
Features of your vehicle

Parking light position ( ) Headlight position ( ) ✽ NOTICE


■ Type A ■ Type A The ignition switch must be in the
ON position to turn on the head-
lights.

ONCNCO2016 ONCNCO2018
■ Type B ■ Type B

ONCNCO2017 ONCNCO2019

When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head-
ing light position, the tail, position, light position, the head, tail, license
license plate lights and the tail light and instrument panel lights will turn
indicator will turn on. on.

4 113
Features of your vehicle

Auto light position (if equipped) High beam operation


CAUTION
• Never place anything over
sensor (1) located on the
instrument panel. This will
ensure better auto-light sys-
tem control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a
window cleaner. The cleaner
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor
operation.
ONCNCO2020 • If your vehicle has window tint ODMCCO2013
or other types of metallic coat-
When the light switch is in the AUTO ing on the front windshield, To turn on the high beam headlights,
light position, the taillights and head- the Auto light system may not push the lever away from you. Pull it
lights will be turned ON or OFF auto- work properly. back for low beams.
matically depending on the amount The high beam indicator will light
of light outside the vehicle. when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.

4 114
Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change


WARNING signals
Do not use the high beams
when there are other vehicles.
Using high beam could obstruct
the other driver's vision.

ONCNCO2022
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the nor- ONCNCO2023
mal (low beam) position when
released. The headlight switch does The ignition switch must be on for the
not need to be on to use this flashing turn signals to function. To turn on
feature. the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A). Green arrow indicators on
the instrument panel indicate which
turn signal is operating. They will
self-cancel after a turn is completed.
If the indicator continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever
to the OFF position.

4 115
Features of your vehicle

To signal a lane change, move the Front fog light


turn signal lever slightly and hold it in CAUTION
position (B). The lever will return to When in operation, the fog
the OFF position when released. lights consume large amounts
If an indicator stays on and does not of vehicle electrical power. Only
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of use the fog lights when visibility
the turn signal bulbs may be burned is poor or unnecessary battery
out and will require replacement. and generator drain could
occur.
One-touch triple turn signal
(One Touch Turn Signal)
To activate the one-touch lane
change function, move the turn sig- ODMECO2015
nal lever slightly and then release it. Fog lights are used to provide illumi-
The lane change signals will blink 3 nation close to the road surface when
(5 or 7, if equipped) times. visibility is poor due to fog, rain or
snow, etc. The fog lights will turn on
You can activate/deactivate the One when the fog light switch (1) is turned
Touch Turn Signal function or choose to the on position after the headlight is
the number of blinking (3, 5, or 7) turned on.
from the User Settings Mode on the To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
LCD display (if equipped). light switch (1) to the OFF position.

✽ NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec-
tion in the circuit.

4 116
Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS


Windshield wiper/washer A : Wiper speed control Windshield wipers
· MIST – Single wipe Operates as follows when the igni-
· OFF – Off tion switch is turned ON.
· INT – Intermittent wipe MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
· LO – Low wiper speed move the lever to this (MIST)
position and release it. The
· HI – High wiper speed wipers will operate continu-
ously if the lever is held in this
B : Intermittent wipe time adjust- position.
ment
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
OANNCO43007 C : Wash with brief wipes (front)* INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
Rear window wiper/washer the same wiping intervals. Use
D : Rear wiper/washer control* this mode in a light rain or mist.
· HI – High wiper speed To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob.
· LO – Low wiper speed
LO : Normal wiper speed
· OFF – Off
HI : Fast wiper speed
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

* : if equipped

OANNCO43008

4 117
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Windshield washers The reservoir filler neck is located in


If there is heavy accumulation of the front of the engine compartment
snow or ice on the windshield, on the passenger side.
defrost the windshield for about 10
minutes, or until the snow and/or ice CAUTION
is removed before using the wind- To prevent possible damage to
shield wipers to ensure proper oper- the washer pump, do not oper-
ation. ate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
✽ NOTICE
• When you operate the wipers, if
your vehicle has a problem in any WARNING
part of the wiper operation sys- OANNCO43009
Do not use the washer in freez-
tem, the wiper may operate in the In the OFF position, pull the lever ing temperatures without first
LO mode regardless of the wiper gently toward you to spray washer warming the windshield with
switch position. In this case, have fluid on the windshield and to run the the defrosters; the washer solu-
your vehicle checked by an wipers 1-3 cycles. tion could freeze on the wind-
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
Use this function when the wind- shield and obscure your vision.
soon as possible.
• When the ignition key is removed, shield is dirty.
the wiper blade sometimes may The spray and wiper operation will
move slightly for reducing the continue until you release the lever.
deterioration of the windshield If the washer does not work, check
wipers. the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

4 118
Features of your vehicle

Rear window wiper and


CAUTION washer switch
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or
other solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other compo- OANNCO43011
nents, do not attempt to move Push the lever away from you to
the wipers manually. OANNCO43010
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
The rear window wiper and washer and wiper operation will continue
switch is located at the end of the until you release the lever.
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI : High wiper speed
LO : Low wiper speed
OFF : Off

4 119
Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHT
Map lamp • OFF (3): The lamps are off even if a
CAUTION door is opened.
■ Type A
Do not use the interior lights for • ROOM (4): The map lamp and
extended periods when the room lamp stays on at
engine is not running. all times.
It may cause battery discharge. • DOOR (5):
- The map lamp and room lamp
comes on for approximately 30
WARNING seconds when doors are unlocked
Do not use the interior lights with a transmitter or smart key as
when driving in the dark. long as the doors are not opened.
ODM042258
Accidents could happen ■ Type B - When the ignition switch is in the
because the view may be ACC or LOCK/OFF position, if
obscured by interior lights. any door is opened, the map
lamp and room lamp will stay on
for approximately 20 minutes. If
Automatic turn off function the door is closed, the lamps will
(if equipped) go out in 30 seconds.
The interior lights automatically turn - The map lamp and room lamp will
off approximately 20 minutes after go out immediately if the ignition
the ignition switch is turned off. switch is changed to the ON posi-
ODM042259 tion with all doors closed.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm system, the interior lights Press the lens (1) to turn the map - When the ignition switch is in the
automatically turn off approximately lamp on or off ON position, if any door is opened,
5 seconds after the system is in the the map lamp and room lamp will
• ON (2): The map lamp and room stay on continuously. If the door is
armed stage. lamp stays on at all times. closed, the lamps will go out
immediately.

4 120
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Room lamp


CAUTION
When the lamp is turned on by ■ Type A
pressing the lens (1), the lamp does Do not leave the lamp switches
not turn off even if the switch is in on for an extended period of
the OFF position (3). time when the vehicle is not run-
ning because the battery may
drain.

ODM042260
■ Type B

ODM042341

Press the button to turn the light on


or off.

4 121
Features of your vehicle

Luggage room lamp Vanity mirror lamp Glove box lamp

OXM049136 OEN046081 ODM042262

• ON : The luggage room lamp stays Opening the lid of the vanity mirror The glove box lamp comes on when
on at all times. will automatically turn on the mirror the light switch is in the parking light
• DOOR : The luggage room lamp light. position or headlight position and the
comes on when the liftgate glove box is opened.
(tailgate) is opened. CAUTION
• OFF : The luggage room lamp is off. To prevent unnecessary charg-
ing system drain, close the van-
ity mirror cover after using the
mirror.

4 122
Features of your vehicle

WELCOME SYSTEM
Headlamp welcome Interior light Pocket lamp
When the headlight(light switch in When the interior light switch is in the When all doors are locked and
the headlight or AUTO position) is on DOOR position and all doors (and closed, the pocket lamp will come on
and all doors (and liftgate (tailgate)) liftgate (tailgate)) are locked and for 15 seconds if any of the below is
are locked and closed, the headlight, closed, the room lamp will come on performed.
position light and tail light will come for 30 seconds if any of the below is • Without smart key system
on for 15 seconds if any of the below performed.
is performed. - When the door unlock button is
• Without smart key system pressed on the transmitter.
• Without smart key system - When the door unlock button is • With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter.
pressed on the transmitter. - When the door unlock button is
• With the smart key system pressed on the smart key.
• With the smart key system - When the door unlock button is - When the button of the outside
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. door handle is pressed.
pressed on the smart key. - When the button of the outside - When the vehicle is approached
door handle is pressed. with the smart key in possession.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button (on the transmitter or smart At this time, if you press the door lock
key), the lights will turn off immedi- At this time, if you press the door lock
button, the lamps will turn off imme- button, the lamps will turn off imme-
ately. diately. diately.

4 123
Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER
Rear window defroster To activate the rear window
CAUTION defroster, press the rear window
■ Manual climate control
To prevent damage to the con- defroster button located in the center
ductors bonded to the inside facia switch panel.
surface of the rear window, The indicator on the rear window
never use sharp instruments or defroster button illuminates when the
window cleaners containing defroster is ON.
abrasives to clean the window. If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
✽ NOTICE before operating the rear defroster.
If you want to defrost and defog the The rear window defroster automati-
ODM042271 cally turns off after approximately 20
front windshield, refer to ■ Automatic climate control
“Windshield defrosting and defog- minutes or when the ignition switch is
ging” in this section. turned off. To turn off the defroster,
press the rear window defroster but-
ton again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster


(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
ODM042272 they will operate at the same time you
turn on the rear window defroster.
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from Front wiper deicer (if equipped)
the rear window, while the engine is
running. If your vehicle is equipped with the
front wiper deicer, it will be operating
at the same time you operate the
front windshield defroster.

4 124
Features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Front climate control (Type A) ■ Front climate control (Type B)

1. Front windshield defrost button

2. Temperature control button

3. Air conditioning button

4. MAX A/C (Max airconditioning) button

5. Rear window defroster button

6. Air intake control button

7. Mode selection button

8. Fan speed control knob

9. 3rd row climate control ON/OFF


button
■ 3rd row air climate control (for Type A)
10. 3rd row fan speed control knob

11. 3rd row blower ON/OFF button

12. 3rd row mode selection button

13. 3rd row temperature control knob

* if equipped

ONCNCL2001/ODM042273/ONCNCL2002

4 125
Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning


1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position. (if
equipped)
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on. ONCNCL2003

❈ 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents (E, F, G, H) (G, H : if equipped)


• The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents is controlled by the front climate
control system and delivered through the inside air duct of the floor (E, F, H).
• The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents (E, F, H) may be weaker
than the instrument panel vents for the long air duct.
• Close the air vents (F) in cold weather. The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row
outlet vents may not be as warm during heating operation. (Use the 2nd
and 3rd row outlet vents (F, G) during cooling operation.)

4 126
Features of your vehicle

Mode selection MAX A/C-Level (B, D)


Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F)

Air flow is directed towards the face


and the floor.

Floor-Level (C, A, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the


floor, with a small amount of the air
ODMECL2002
being directed to the windshield, side ODM042277
window defrosters, and side vents.
The mode selection button controls To operate the MAX A/C, turn the fan
the direction of the air flow through speed control knob to the right to
the ventilation system. maximum fan speed, then press the
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E) MAX A/C button. Air flow is directed
toward the upper body and face.
Most of the air flow is directed to the In this mode, the air conditioning, the
Face-Level (B, D, F) floor and the windshield with a small recirculated air position and max
amount directed to the side window cool temperature will be selected
Air flow is directed toward the upper defrosters, and side vents. automatically.
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet. Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the


windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side vents.
4 127
Features of your vehicle

Temperature control Air intake control


■ Type A

ODM042279 ONCNCL2004
Instrument panel vents ■ Type B
ODM042280
The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control switch
closed separately using the thumb- allows you to control the temperature
wheel. of the airflow in the vehicle.
Also, you can adjust the direction of To change the temperature:
air delivered from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown. • Press the (red) switch to
increase temperature.
• Press the (blue) switch to
decrease temperature. ODM042281
The temperature status will be dis- This is used to select outside (fresh)
played at the above switch panel as air position or recirculated air position.
an indicator.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, push the control button.

4 128
Features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE


■ Type A, B The indicator light on the Prolonged operation of the heater in WARNING
button illuminates when the recirculated air position (with- • Continued use of the climate
the recirculated air posi- out air conditioning selected) may control system operation in the
tion is selected. cause fogging of the windshield and recirculated air position with-
With the recirculated air side windows and the air within the out A/C selected may allow
position selected, air passenger compartment may humidity to increase inside the
from the passenger become stale. vehicle which may fog the
compartment will be In addition, prolonged operation of glass and obscure visibility.
recirculated and heated the air conditioning with the recir- • Do not sleep in a vehicle with
or cooled according to culated air position selected will the air conditioning or heating
the function selected. result in excessively dry air in the system on. This may cause
passenger compartment. serious harm or death due to
a drop in the oxygen level
Outside (fresh) air position and/or body temperature.
■ Type A With the outside (fresh) • Continued use of the climate
air position selected, air control system operation in
enters the vehicle from the recirculated air position
outside and is heated or may cause drowsiness or
■ Type B
cooled according to the sleepiness and loss of vehicle
function selected. control. Set the air intake con-
trol to the outside (fresh) air
position as much as possible
while driving.

4 129
Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control To turn off the blowers Air conditioning

ODM042282 ODM042283 ODM042284


The ignition switch must be in the ON To turn off the blowers, turn the fan Press the A/C button to turn the air
position for fan operation. speed control knob to the “0” position. conditioning system on (indicator
The fan speed control knob allows light will illuminate). Press the button
you to control the fan speed of the air again to turn the air conditioning sys-
flowing from the ventilation system. tem off.
To change the fan speed, turn the
knob to the right for higher speed or
left for lower speed.
Setting the fan speed control knob to
the “0” position turns off the fan.

4 130
Features of your vehicle

3rd row climate control 2. Set the fan speed control knob (2) System operation
(if equipped) to the desired position.
Ventilation
3. Set the temperature control knob
■ Front 1. Set the mode to the position.
(3) to the desired position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
4. Select the desired direction of the
outside (fresh) air position.
air flow by pressing the mode
selecting button (4). 3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.

Heating
ONCNCL2005
■ 3rd row 1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
ONCNCL2002 equipped) on.
1. To turn the 3rd row climate control • If the windshield fogs up, set the
on or off, press the 3rd row climate mode to the or position.
control ON/OFF button (1 or 5).

4 131
Features of your vehicle

Operation Tips Air conditioning ✽ NOTICE


• To prevent dust or unpleasant HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems • While using the air conditioning
fumes from entering the vehicle are filled with environmentally friend- system, monitor the engine tem-
through the ventilation system, ly R-134a refrigerant. perature gauge closely while driv-
temporarily set the air intake con- 1. Start the engine. Push the air con- ing up hills or in heavy traffic
trol to the recirculated air position. ditioning button. when outside temperatures are
Be sure to return the control to the high. Air conditioning system
fresh air position when the irritation 2. Set the mode to the position.
operation may cause engine over-
has passed to keep fresh air in the 3. Set the air intake control to the heating. Continue to use the blow-
vehicle. This will help keep the driv- recirculated air position. However, er fan but turn the air condition-
er alert and comfortable. prolonged operation of the recircu- ing system off if the engine tem-
• Air for the heating/cooling system lated air position will excessively perature gauge indicates engine
is drawn in through the grilles just dry the air. In this case, change the overheating.
ahead of the windshield. Care air position. • Opening the windows in humid
should be taken that these are not 4. Adjust the fan speed control and weather while operating the air
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or temperature control to maintain conditioning system may create
other obstructions. maximum comfort. water droplets inside the vehicle.
• To prevent interior fog on the wind- • When maximum cooling is desired, Since excessive water droplets
shield, set the air intake control to set the temperature control to the may cause damage to electrical
the fresh air position and fan speed extreme left position then set the equipment, air conditioning
to the desired position, turn on the fan speed control to the highest should only be used with the win-
air conditioning system, and adjust speed. dows closed.
the temperature control to desired
temperature.

4 132
Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips • Operating the air conditioning sys- Climate control air filter
• If the vehicle has been parked in tem in the recirculated air position
direct sunlight during hot weather, provides maximum cooling, how-
ever, continual operation in this Outside air
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale. Recirculated
escape. air
• To help reduce moisture inside of • During cooling operation, you may
the windows on rainy or humid occasionally notice a misty air flow
days, decrease the humidity inside because of rapid cooling and
the vehicle by operating the air humid air intake. This is a normal
conditioning system. system operation characteristic. Blower
• If you operate air conditioner Climate control Heater core
• During air conditioning system Evaporator
operation, you may occasionally excessively, the difference air filter core 1LDA5047
notice a slight change in engine between the temperature of the
speed as the air conditioning com- outside air and that of the wind- The climate control air filter installed
pressor cycles. This is a normal shield could cause the outer sur- behind the glove box filters the dust
system operation characteristic. face of the windshield to fog up, or other pollutants that come into the
causing loss of visibility. In this vehicle from the outside through the
• During the winter months, use the heating and air conditioning system.
case, set the mode selection knob
air conditioning system every If dust or other pollutants accumulate
or button to the position and
month for a few minutes to ensure in the filter over a period of time, the
fan speed control to the lower
maximum system performance. air flow from the air vents may
speed.
• When using the air conditioning decrease, resulting in moisture accu-
system, you may notice clear water mulation on the inside of the wind-
dripping (or even puddling) on the shield even when the outside (fresh)
ground under the passenger side air position is selected. If this hap-
of the vehicle. This condensation is pens, have the climate control air filter
a normal system operation charac- replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
teristic. dealer.

4 133
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Checking the amount of air Air Conditioning refrigerant


• Replace the filter according to the conditioner refrigerant and label
Maintenance Schedule. compressor lubricant ■ Example
If the vehicle is being driven in When the amount of refrigerant is
severe conditions such as dusty, low, the performance of the air con-
rough roads, more frequent cli- ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
mate control air filter inspections has a negative influence on the air
and changes are required. conditioning system.
• When the air flow rate suddenly Therefore, if abnormal operation is
decreases, the system should be found, have the system inspected by
checked at an authorized an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING OHG045533N
Because the refriger-
ant is at very high The actual Air Conditioning refriger-
pressure, the air con- ant label in the vehicle may differ
ditioning system from the illustration.
should only be serv- Each symbols and specification on
iced by trained and certified air conditioning refrigerant label
technicians. It is important that means as below ;
the correct type and amount of
oil and refrigerant is used, oth- 1. Classification of refrigerant
erwise damage to the vehicle 2. Amount of refrigerant
and personal injury may occur. 3. Classification of Compressor lubri-
cant

Refer to chapter 8 for more detail


location of air conditioning refrigerant
label.
4 134
Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


■ Front climate control (Type A) ■ Front climate control (Type B)
1. Front windshield defrost button
2. Rear window defrost button
3. Display
4. Air conditioning button*
5. Mode selection button
6. Dual temperature control selection button
7. Driver's temperature control button
8. Front fan speed control knob
9. AUTO (automatic control) button
10. Front blower OFF button
11. Air intake control button* or recirculated
air position button*
■ 3rd row climate control (for Type A and B) 12. 3rd row climate control ON/OFF button
(controlled from the front)
13. Passenger's temperature control button
14. 3rd row fan speed control knob
15. 3rd row blower ON/OFF button
16. 3rd row mode selection button
17. 3rd row temperature control knob
18. Climate control information screen
selection button
* if equipped

ONCNCL2006/ONCNCL2009/ONCNCL2002

4 135
Features of your vehicle

■ Front climate control (Type C)

1. Front windshield defroster button


2. Rear window defrost button
3. A/C display
4. Air conditioning button*
5. Mode selection button
6. Dual temperature control selection button
7. Driver's temperature control button
8. Front fan speed control knob
■ Front climate control (Type D) 9. AUTO (automatic control) button
10. Blower OFF button
11. Air intake control button* or recirculated
air position button*
12. Passenger's temperature control button
13. Climate control information screen
selection button
* if equipped

ODMECL2010/OANNMM2002

4 136
Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con- ✽ NOTICE


ditioning • To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or knob of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defrost button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO'
sign will illuminate on the infor-
mation display once again.)
ODM042290 - Fan speed control knob
2. Set the driver’s temperature con- The selected function will be con-
trol button to set the desired tem- trolled manually while other func-
ODM042287
perature. tions operate automatically.
1. Press the AUTO button. • For your convenience and to
The modes, fan speeds, air intake improve the effectiveness of the
and air-conditioning will be controlled climate control, use the AUTO
automatically according to the tem- button and set the temperature to
perature setting. 73°F (23°C).

4 137
Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi- Mode selection


tioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pressing
buttons or turning knob(s) other than
the AUTO button. In this case, the
system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons or knob(s)
selected.
1. Start the engine.
ODM042336 2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
✽ NOTICE ODM042288
For improving the effectiveness of
Never place anything over the sen- heating and cooling; The mode selection button controls
sor located on the instrument panel the direction of the air flow through
to ensure better control of the heat- - Heating:
the ventilation system.
ing and cooling system. - Cooling:
The air flow outlet port is converted
3. Set the temperature control to the as follows:
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed. Refer to the illustration in the
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn “Manual climate control system”.
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.

4 138
Features of your vehicle

Face-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper


body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level
ODM042289 ODM042279
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor. Defrost-Level Instrument panel vents
Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or
windshield with a small amount of air closed separately using the thumb-
Floor-Level directed to the side window defrosters. wheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
Most of the air flow is directed to the air delivered from these vents using
floor, with a small amount of the air the vent control lever as shown.
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.

Floor & Defrost

Most of the air flow is directed to the


floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.

4 139
Features of your vehicle

Temperature control ■ Type A ■ Type B Adjusting the driver and passenger


side temperature equally
■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side
1. Press the DUAL button again to
deactivate DUAL mode. The pas-
senger side temperature will be
set to the same temperature as
the driver side temperature.
2. Press the left temperature control
button. The driver and passenger
side temperature will be adjusted
equally.
ODM042291

ODMECL2003
Adjusting the driver and passenger Temperature conversion
side temperature individually
The temperature will increase by If the battery has been discharged or
pushing the up button. Each push of 1. Press the DUAL button to operate disconnected, the temperature mode
the button will cause the temperature the driver and passenger side display will reset to Fahrenheit.
to increase by 1°F/0.5°C. temperature individually. Pressing
the right temperature control but- This is a normal condition. You can
The temperature will decrease by ton will automatically switch to the switch the temperature mode between
pushing the down button. Each push DUAL mode as well. Fahrenheit to Celsius as follows;
of the button will cause the tempera- While pressing the OFF button,
ture to decrease by 1°F/0.5°C. When 2. Press the left temperature control
button to adjust the driver side depress the AUTO button for 3 sec-
set to the lowest temperature setting, onds or more. The display will
the air conditioning will operate con- temperature. Press the right tem-
perature control button to adjust change from Fahrenheit to Celsius,
tinuously. or from Celsius to Fahrenheit.
the passenger side temperature.
When the driver side temperature is
set to the highest or lowest tempera-
ture setting, the DUAL mode is deacti-
vated for maximum heating or cooling.

4 140
Features of your vehicle

Air intake control Recirculated air position (Continued)


■ Type A, B The indicator light on the In addition, prolonged use of the air
■ Type A ■ Type B
button illuminates when conditioning with the recirculated
the recirculated air posi- air position selected will result in
ition is selected. excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
With the recirculated air position
selected, air from the passenger
compartment will be drawn through WARNING
the heating system and heated or • Continued use of the climate
cooled according to the function control system operation in
selected. the recirculated air position
Outside (fresh) air position may allow humidity to
■ Type A increase inside the vehicle
OANNMM2003 With the outside (fresh) which may fog the glass and
This is used to select the outside air position selected, air obscure visibility.
(fresh) air position or recirculated air enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or • Do not sleep in a vehicle with
position. the air conditioning or heating
■ Type B cooled according to the
To change the air intake control posi- system on. This may cause
tion, push the control button. function selected.
serious harm or death due to
a drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
✽ NOTICE • Continued use of the climate
Prolonged operation of the heater in control system operation in
the recirculated air position (with- the recirculated air position
out air conditioning selected) may may cause drowsiness or
cause fogging of the windshield and sleepiness and loss of vehicle
control. Set the air intake con-
side windows and the air within the trol to the outside (fresh) air
passenger compartment may position as much as possible
become stale. while driving.
(Continued)
4 141
Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control Air conditioning OFF mode


■ Type A ■ Type C

■ Type B

ODM042293 ONCNCL3012 ODM042295


The fan speed can be set to the Push the A/C button to turn the air Push the OFF button to turn off the
desired speed by turning the fan conditioning system on (indicator air climate control system. However,
speed control knob. light will illuminate). you can still operate the mode and
The higher the fan speed is, the Push the button again to turn the air air intake buttons as long as the igni-
more air is delivered. conditioning system off. tion switch is in the ON position.
To turn off the fan speed, press the
OFF button.

4 142
Features of your vehicle

Climate information screen selec- 3rd row climate control 2. Set the fan speed control knob (2)
tion (if equipped) (if equipped) to the desired position.
3. Set the temperature control knob
■ Front
(3) to the desired position.
Type A Type B
4. Select the desired direction of the
air flow by pressing the mode
selecting button (4).

ONCNCL2007/ONCNCL3013
ODM042297 ■ 3rd row

Press the climate information screen


selection button to display climate
information on the screen.

ONCNCL2002

1. To turn the3rd row climate control


on or off, press the 3rd row climate
control ON/OFF button (1 or 5).

4 143
Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING


• For maximum defrosting, set the Manual climate control system
WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme To defog inside windshield
heating right/hot position and the fan speed
Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed.
tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired
extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set
difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi-
ature of the outside air and that tion.
of the windshield could cause • Before driving, clear all snow and
the outer surface of the wind- ice from the windshield, rear win-
shield to fog up, causing loss of dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
visibility. In this case, set the all side windows.
mode selection knob or button
• Clear all snow and ice from the
to the position and fan
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to ODM042298
speed control knob or button to
improve heater and defroster effi-
a lower speed.
ciency and to reduce the probabili- 1. Select desired temperature.
ty of fogging up the inside of the 2. Select any fan speed except “0”
windshield. position.
3. Select the or position.
✽ NOTICE 4. The outside (fresh) air will be
Be sure to keep the interior surface selected automatically.
of the windshield clean by wiping it If the outside (fresh) air position is
with a clean cloth and glass cleaner. not selected automatically, press the
This will help reduce the tendency of corresponding button manually.
the glass fogging and also improve
visibility.

4 144
Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control sys- To defrost outside windshield
tem
To defog inside windshield

ODM042299 OANNMM2006
1. Set the temperature to the 1. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot position. OANNMM2005 extreme hot (HI) position.
2. Set the fan speed to the highest 1. Select desired temperature. 2. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position. (extreme right) position.
2. Select desired fan speed.
3. Select the position. 3. Press the defrost button ( ).
3. Press the defrost button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air will be 4. The outside (fresh) air position will
selected automatically. 4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically.
be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower
If the outside (fresh) air position is fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
not selected automatically, adjust the speed.
corresponding button manually.
If the position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.

4 145
Features of your vehicle

Auto defogging system If more moisture is in the vehicle, the ✽ NOTICE


(if equipped) automated steps operate as follows: When the air conditioning is turned
If auto defogging does not defog the on and the outside air position is
window at step 1, outside air position, selected by the auto defogging sys-
step 2, blowing air toward the wind- tem, if you try to turn off the air con-
shield occurs. ditioning and select the recirculated
air position, the indicator will blink
Step 1 : Outside air position 3 times and the air conditioning will
Step 2 : Blowing air toward the wind- not be turned off and recirculated
shield air position will not be selected.
Step 3 : Increasing air flow toward
the windshield
CAUTION
Step 4 : Operating the air conditioning
Do not remove the sensor cover
ONCNCO2038 Step 5 : Maximizing the air conditioning located on the upper end of the
The auto defogging system is auto- driver side windshield glass.
Auto defogging reduces the probabil- Damage to system parts could
ity of fogging up the inside of the matically activated when the condi-
tions are met. However, if you would occur and may not be covered
windshield by automatically sensing by your vehicle warranty.
the moisture of inside the windshield. like to cancel the auto defogging sys-
tem, press the front defroster button
The auto defogging system operates 4 times within 2 seconds while press-
when the heater or air conditioning is ing the AUTO button. The indicator of
on. the front defroster button will blink 3
times to notify you that the system is
This indicator illuminates cancelled. To use the auto defogging
when the auto defogging system again, follow the procedures
system senses the mois- mentioned above.
ture of inside the wind- If the battery has been disconnected
shield and operates. or discharged, it resets to the auto
defogging status.

4 146
Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Center console storage Glove box
CAUTION
■ Type A
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
• Always keep the storage com-
partment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to
place so many items in the
storage compartment that the
storage compartment cover
cannot close securely. ODMECO2033
■ Type B
ODM042304

WARNING - Flammable To open the center console storage,


materials pull up the lever.
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
ODMECO2032
peratures for extended periods.
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
To open the glove box, push the but-
ton (2) and the glove box will auto-
matically open (3). Close the glove
box after use.

4 147
Features of your vehicle

Multi box (if equipped) Sunglass holder


WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.

ODM042307 ODM042308

To open the cover, push the lever (1) To open the sunglass holder, press
and the multi box will open automati- the cover and the holder will slowly
cally. open. Place your sunglasses in the
It can be used for storing small items. compartment door with the lenses
facing out. Push to close.

CAUTION
Do not drive with the multi box
open.

4 148
Features of your vehicle

Luggage tray
WARNING
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sun-
glass holder. Such objects can
be thrown from the holder in
the event of a sudden stop or
an accident, possibly injuring
the passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is
moving. The rear view mirror
of the vehicle can be blocked ONCNCO2024
by an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly You can place a first aid kit, a reflec-
into a sunglass holder to pre- tor triangle, tools, etc. in the luggage
vent breakage or deformation tray for easy access.
of glasses. It may cause per- Grasp the handle on the top of the
sonal injury if you try to open cover and lift it.
it forcibly when the glasses
are jammed in holder.

4 149
Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES
Cigarette lighter (if equipped) If it is necessary to replace the ciga- Cup holder
rette lighter, use only a genuine
■ Front
HYUNDAI replacement or its
approved equivalent.

WARNING
• Holding the lighter in after it is
heated will cause it to over-
heat.
• If the lighter does not pop out OANNCO43014
within 30 seconds, remove it ■ Center

to prevent overheating.
ONCDCO3055

For the cigarette lighter to work, the


ignition switch must be in the ACC CAUTION
position or the ON position.
The use of plug-in accessories
To use the cigarette lighter: (shavers, hand-held vacuums,
1. Open the cover by pressing the and coffee pots, for example)
switch. may damage the socket or ODM042316
■ Rear
2. Push the lighter all the way into the cause electrical failure.
socket.
When the element has heated, the
lighter will pop out to the "ready"
position.

ONCNCO2026

4 150
Features of your vehicle

Cups or small beverage cans may be Sunvisor


placed in the cup holders. WARNING
To use the center cup holder, pull Keep cans or bottles out of
down the armrest and press the direct sun light and do not put
open button. them in a vehicle that is hot up.
It may explode.
WARNING - Hot liquids
• Do not place uncovered cups
of hot liquid in the cup holder CAUTION
while the vehicle is in motion. When cleaning spilled liquids,
If the hot liquid spills, you may do not dry the cup holder at
OYF049145
burn yourself. Such a burn to high temperatures. This may
the driver could lead to loss of damage the chrome trim of the
control of the vehicle. cup holder.
• To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of sudden
stop or collision, do not place CAUTION
uncovered or unsecured bot- Do not place uncovered cups in
tles, glasses, cans, etc., in the the cup holder while the vehicle
cup holder while the vehicle is is in motion. If the liquid spills,
in motion. electric systems may malfunc-
tion. HTG2174

Use the sunvisor to shield direct light


through the front or side windows.
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use a sunvisor for a side window,
pull it downward, unsnap it from the
bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).

4 151
Features of your vehicle

To use the vanity mirror, pull down the Power outlet The power outlet is designed to pro-
visor and slide the mirror cover (3). vide power for mobile telephones or
■ Front
Adjust the sunvisor extension (if other devices designed to operate
equipped) forward or backward (4). with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.
CAUTION
• Always have the switch in the
off position when the vanity CAUTION
mirror lamp is not in use. If the • Use the power outlet only
sunvisor is closed without the ODMECO2037
when the engine is running
lamp off, it may discharge the ■ Center and remove the accessory
battery or damage the sunvisor. plug after use. Using the
• Always use the sunvisor accessory plug for prolonged
extension, after swinging the periods of time with the
sunvisor to the side. engine off could cause the
battery to discharge.
• Only use 10V electric acces-
sories which are less than 10A
in electric capacity. If not, it
ODM042318
could lead to an overheated
■ Rear (if equipped)
power outlet or electric wiring
in the vehicle and electric sys-
tems may malfunction.
(Continued)

ONCNCO2039

4 152
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) AC inverter (if equipped)


WARNING
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
Do not put fingers or foreign
heater to the lowest operating
elements (pin, etc.) into a power
level when using the power
outlet and do not touch with a
outlet.
wet hand. You may get an elec-
• Close the cover when not in tric shock.
use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet. These devices ONCNCO2027
may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in
other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
• Make sure that the electric
devices are plugged in secure-
ly. If not, it could cause a mal-
function of electric systems.
• If you use an electric device
with a battery, electric current
ONCNCO2028
may flow from the electric
device into the vehicle and The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W
may cause a malfunction of electric power to operate electric
electric systems. Only use accessories or equipments.
electric devices which could
prevent inverse current.

4 153
Features of your vehicle

If you wish to use the AC inverter,press


CAUTION (Continued)
the AC inverter button while the engine
is running. The light on the AC inverter • To prevent the battery from • Some electronic accessories
button will illuminate. being discharged, do not use or equipments can cause elec-
the AC inverter while the tronic interference. It may
If you press the AC inverter button
engine is not running. cause excessive audio noise
again, the AC inverter will be deacti- and malfunctions in other
vated and the light on the AC invert- • When not using the AC invert- electronic systems or devices
er button will turn off. er,make sure to turn off the AC in the vehicle.
inverter (the indicator on the
button does not illuminate) and • Do not use broken electronic
✽ NOTICE close the AC inverter cover. accessories or equipments,
When turning on the AC inverter, the which may damage the AC
• After using an electronic inverter and electrical sys-
indicator on the AC inverter button accessory or equipment, pull
is delayed while the system conducts tems of the vehicle.
the plug out. Leaving the
a self-check. accessory or equipment • Do not use two or more elec-
plugged in for a long time may tronic accessories or equip-
cause battery discharge. ments at the same time. It may
WARNING cause damage to the electrical
To reduce a risk of serious or • Do not use an electronic acces- systems of the vehicle.
fatal injuries: sory or equipment with the
power consumption greater • When the input voltage is under
• Do not use a heated electric than 150W(115V). 11V, the outlet LED will blink
device such as a coffeepot, and the AC inverter will turn off
toaster, heater, iron, etc. (Continued) automatically. If the input volt-
• Do not insert foreign objects age goes up to normal, the AC
into the outlet and do not inverter will turn on again.
touch the outlet as you may • Do not use extensions or power
get shocked. strips.
• Do not let children touch the
AC inverter.

4 154
Features of your vehicle

Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s)


WARNING
■ Type A ■ Type B
The floor mat must be properly
anchored so that it will not
interfere with the operation of
the accelerator pedal. Any inter-
ference with the accelerator
pedal could cause the accelera-
tor pedal not to return to the
idle position. A pedal that can-
not return to the idle position
could lead to an accident which
may result in severe personal
ODMECO2038 ODMECO2034 injury or death.
To use the hanger, pull down the When using a floor mat on the front
upper portion of hanger. floor carpet, make sure it attaches to
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-
CAUTION cle. This keeps the floor mat from
sliding forward.
Do not hang heavy clothes,
because it may damage the hook.

4 155
Features of your vehicle

Aux, USB and iPod® port ✽ NOTICE


WARNING When using a portable audio device
The following must be observed connected to the power outlet, noise
when installing ANY floor mat may occur during playback. If this
to the vehicle, so that it will not happens, use the power source of the
interfere with the pedal. portable audio device.
• Ensure that the floor mats are ❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
securely attached to the vehi-
cle’s floor mat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle’s floor mat anchors. ONCDCO3053
• Do not stack floor mats on top
of one another (e.g. all-weath- If your vehicle has an aux and/or
er rubber mat on top of a car- USB(universal serial bus) port or
peted floor mat). Only a single iPod® port, you can use an aux port
floor mat should be installed to connect audio devices and a USB
in each position. port to plug in a USB and also in an
iPod®.
IMPORTANT – Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver’s side
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal opera-
tion, HYUNDAI recommends
that only the HYUNDAI floor mat
designed for use in your vehicle
be installed.

4 156
Features of your vehicle

Luggage net (holder) If necessary, contact your authorized Cargo security screen
(if equipped) HYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage (if equipped)
net.
■ Type A

✽ NOTICE
Vehicles equipped with a luggage
rail system may use the shackles to
hook the luggage net.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods
ONCNCO2029 or the vehicle, care should be
■ Type B
taken when carrying fragile or ONCNCO3031
bulky objects in the luggage
compartment. Use the cargo security screen to
hide items stored in the cargo area.

WARNING
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT
overstretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
ONCNCO3030 body out of the luggage net’s
To keep items from shifting in the recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-
cargo area, you can use the four gage net when the strap has vis-
holders located in the cargo area to ible signs of wear or damage.
attach the luggage net.

4 157
Features of your vehicle

To use the cargo security screen When the cargo security screen is not To remove the cargo security
in use: screen (if equipped)
1. Pull the cargo security screen
backward and up to release it from
the guides.
2. The cargo security screen will
automatically slide back in.

✽ NOTICE
The cargo security screen may not
automatically slide back in if the
cargo security screen is not fully ONCNCO3033
ONCNCO3032
pulled out. Fully pull it out and then
1. Pull the cargo security screen carefully slide back in.
towards the rear of the vehicle by
the handle (1).
2. Insert the guide pin into the guide
(2).

✽ NOTICE
Pull out the cargo security screen
with the handle in the center to pre- ONCNCO2034
vent the guide pin from falling out of 1. Push in the guide pin.
the guide.
2. While pushing the lever, pull out
the cargo security screen.
3. Open the luggage tray and keep the
cargo security screen in the tray.

4 158
Features of your vehicle

To remove the cargo security Side curtain (if equipped)


screen from the luggage tray WARNING
• Do not place objects on the
cargo security screen. Such
objects may be thrown about
inside the vehicle and possi-
bly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when
braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in
the luggage compartment. It
is designed for luggage only.
ODM042343
ONCNCO2035
CAUTION To use the side curtain:
1. Push in the guide pin. 1. Lift the curtain by the hook (1).
Since the cargo security screen
2. While pushing the guide pin, pull may be damaged or deformed, 2. Hang the curtain on both sides of
out the cargo security screen. do not put luggage on it when it the hook.
is used.

4 159
Features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof rack (if equipped) (Continued)
CAUTION
• When carrying cargo on the • The vehicle center of gravity will
roof rack, take the necessary be higher when items are
precautions to make sure the loaded onto the roof rack. Avoid
cargo does not damage the sudden starts, braking, sharp
roof of the vehicle. turns, abrupt maneuvers or
high speeds that may result in
• When carrying large objects loss of vehicle control or
on the roof rack, make sure rollover resulting in an accident.
they do not exceed the overall
roof length or width. • Always drive slowly and turn
corners carefully when carrying
items on the roof rack. Severe
ODM042345 wind updrafts, caused by pass-
WARNING ing vehicles or natural causes,
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can • The following specification is
load cargo on top of your vehicle. can cause sudden upward pres-
the maximum weight that can sure on items loaded on the
be loaded onto the roof rack. roof rack. This is especially true
✽ NOTICE Distribute the load as evenly when carrying large, flat items
If the vehicle is equipped with a sun- as possible onto the roof rack such as wood panels or mat-
roof, be sure not to position cargo and secure the load firmly. tresses. This could cause the
onto the roof rack in such a way that items to fall off the roof rack and
ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.) cause damage to your vehicle
it could interfere with sunroof oper- RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
ation. or others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of
Loading cargo or luggage in cargo while driving, check fre-
excess of the specified weight quently before or while driving
limit on the roof rack may to make sure the items on the
damage your vehicle. roof rack are securely fastened.
(Continued)

4 160
Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM
✽ NOTICE Antenna Steering wheel audio control
• If you install an aftermarket HID Roof antenna
headlamp, your vehicle's audio
and electronic device may mal-
function.
• Prevent chemicals such as per-
fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,
hand cleaner, and air freshener
from contacting the interior parts
because they may cause damage
or discoloration.

ODM042327
OANNMM2901
The steering wheel incorporates
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to audio control buttons on the left hand
receive both AM and FM broadcast side of the steering wheel.
signals.
CAUTION
Do not operate audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.

4 161
Features of your vehicle

MODE (1) RADIO mode MUTE (4)


Press the button to change audio It will function as the PRESET STA- • Press the button to mute the sound.
source. TION buttons. • Press the button to turn off the
microphone during a telephone call.
PRESET/SEEK ( / ) (2) CD/USB/iPod® mode
The SEEK/PRESET button has dif- It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN Detailed information for audio control
ferent functions based on the system button. buttons are described in the following
mode. pages in this section.
For the following functions the button VOLUME (VOL+/-) (3)
should be pressed for 0.8 second or
• Push the lever upward (+) to
more.
increase the volume.
• Push the lever downward (-) to
RADIO mode decrease the volume.
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button.

CD/USB/iPod® mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is


pressed for less than 0.8 second, it
will work as follows in each mode.

4 162
Features of your vehicle

How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors, such as AM reception
the distance from the radio station,
FM reception closeness of other strong radio sta-
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.

JBM002

JBM001
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broad-
AM and FM radio signals are broad- casts. This is because AM radio
cast from transmitter towers located waves are transmitted at low fre-
around your city. They are intercept- quencies. These long distance, low
ed by the radio antenna on your vehi- frequency radio waves can follow the
cle. This signal is then processed by curvature of the earth rather than
the radio and sent to your vehicle travelling straight. In addition, they
speakers. curve around obstructions resulting
When a strong radio signal has in better signal coverage.
reached your vehicle, the precise
engineering of your audio system
ensures the best possible quality
reproduction. However, in some
cases the signal coming to your vehi-
cle may not be strong and clear.

4 163
Features of your vehicle

FM radio station

JBM003 JBM004 JBM005


FM broadcasts are transmitted at • Fading - As your vehicle moves • Station Swapping - As an FM sig-
high frequencies and do not bend to away from the radio station, the nal weakens, another more power-
follow the earth's surface. Because signal will weaken and sound will ful signal near the same frequency
of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade. When this occurs, may begin to play. This is because
begin to fade within short distances we suggest that you select another your radio is designed to lock onto
from the station. Also, FM signals are stronger station. the clearest signal. If this occurs,
easily affected by buildings, moun- • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or select another station with a
tains, and obstructions. This can lead large obstructions between the stronger signal.
to undesirable or unpleasant listen- transmitter and your radio can dis- • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
ing conditions which might lead you turb the signal causing static or signals being received from sever-
to believe a problem exists with your fluttering noises to occur. Reducing al directions can cause distortion
radio. The following conditions are the treble level may lessen this or fluttering. This can be caused by
normal and do not indicate radio effect until the disturbance clears. a direct and reflected signal from
trouble: the same station, or by signals
from two stations with close fre-
quencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition
has passed.

4 164
Features of your vehicle

Using a cellular phone or a two- Caring for CDs • Depending on the type of CD-
way radio R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may
• If the temperature inside the car is too
When a cellular phone is used inside not operate normally according to
high, open the car windows to venti- the manufacturing companies. In
the vehicle, noise may be produced late before using the system.
from the audio system. This does not such circumstances, continued
• It is illegal to copy and use use may cause malfunctions to
mean that something is wrong with MP3/WMA files without permission.
the audio equipment. In such a case, your audio system.
Use CDs that are created only by
try to operate mobile devices as far lawful means.
from the audio equipment as possible.
• Do not apply volatile agents, such ✽ NOTICE
as benzene and thinner, normal - Playing an Incompatible
CAUTION cleaners and magnetic sprays Copy Protected Audio CD
When using a communication made for analogue disc onto CDs. Some copy protected CDs, which do
system such as a cellular phone • To prevent the disc surface from not comply with international audio
or a radio set inside the vehicle, getting damaged, hold CDs by the CD standards (Red Book), may not
a separate external antenna edges or the center hole only. play on your car audio. Please note
must be fitted. When a cellular • Clean the disc surface with a piece
that inabilities to properly play a
phone or a radio set is used of soft cloth before playback (wipe copy protected CD may indicate
with an internal antenna alone, it from the center to the outside that the CD is defective, not the CD
it may interfere with the vehi- edge). player.
cle's electrical system and • Do not damage the disc surface or
adversely affect safe operation attach pieces of sticky tape or
of the vehicle. paper.
• Make certain only CDs are insert-
ed into the CD player (Do not insert
WARNING more than one CD at a time).
Do not use a cellular phone • Keep CDs in their cases after use to
while driving. Stop at a safe protect them from scratches or dirt.
location to use a cellular phone.

4 165
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE
Order of playing files (folders) :
WARNING
1. Song playing order : to • Do not stare at the screen
sequentially. while driving. Staring at the
2. Folder playing order : screen for prolonged periods
❋ If no song file is contained in the of time could lead to traffic
folder, that folder is not displayed. accidents.
• Do not disassemble, assem-
ble, or modify the audio sys-
tem. Such acts could result in
accidents, fire, or electric
shock.
• Using the phone while driving
may lead to a lack of attention of
traffic conditions and increase
the likelihood of accidents.
Use the phone feature after
parking the vehicle.
• Heed caution not to spill water
or introduce foreign objects
into the device. Such acts
could lead to smoke, fire, or
product malfunction.
(Continued)

4 166
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) CAUTION (Continued)


• Please refrain from use if the • Operating the device while • Turn on the car ignition before
screen is blank or no sound driving could lead to accidents using this device. Do not oper-
can be heard as these signs due to a lack of attention to ate the audio system for long
may indicate product malfunc- external surroundings. First periods of time with the ignition
tion. Continued use in such park the vehicle before operat- turned off as such operations
conditions could lead to acci- ing the device. may lead to battery discharge.
dents(fires, electric shock) or • Do not subject the device to
product malfunctions. • Adjust the volume to levels that
allow the driver to hear sounds severe shock or impact. Direct
• Do not touch the antenna dur- from outside of the vehicle. pressure onto the front side of
ing thunder or lightening as Driving in a state where exter- the monitor may cause dam-
such acts may lead to light- nal sounds cannot be heard age to the LCD or touch
ning induced electric shock. may lead to accidents. screen.
• Do not stop or park in park- • Pay attention to the volume set- • When cleaning the device,
ing-restricted areas to operate ting when turning the device make sure to turn off the
the product. Such acts could on. A sudden output of extreme device and use a dry and
lead to traffic accidents. volume upon turning the smooth cloth. Never use
• Use the system with the vehi- device on could lead to hearing tough materials, chemical
cle ignition turned on. impairment. (Adjust the volume cloths, or solvents (alcohol,
Prolonged use with the igni- to a suitable levels before turn- benzene, thinners, etc.) as
tion turned off could result in ing off the device.) such materials may damage
battery discharge. the device panel or cause
(Continued) color/quality deterioration.
(Continued)

4 167
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) ✽ NOTICE - USING THE (Continued)


• Do not place beverages close USB DEVICE • An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is
to the audio system. Spilling • To use an external USB device, not recognizable.
beverages may lead to system make sure the device is not con- • Depending on the condition of
malfunction. nected when starting up the the external USB device, the
vehicle. Connect the device after connected external USB device
• In case of product malfunction, can be unrecognizable.
please contact your place of pur- starting up.
• If you start the engine when the • When the formatted byte/sector
chase or After Service center. setting of External USB device
• Placing the audio system USB device is connected, it may
damage the USB device. (USB is not either 512BYTE or
within an electromagnetic 2048BYTE, then the device will
environment may result in flashdrives are very sensitive to
electric shock.) not be recognized.
noise interference. • Use only a USB device format-
• If the engine is started up or
• Prevent caustic solutions turned off while the external USB ted to FAT 12/16/32.
such as perfume and cosmet- device is connected, the external • USB devices without USB I/F
ic oil from contacting the USB device may not work. authentication may not be rec-
dashboard because they may • The System may not play unau- ognizable.
cause damage or discol- thenticated MP3 or WMA files. • Make sure the USB connection
oration. 1) It can only play MP3 files with terminal does not come in con-
the compression rate between tact with the human body or
8Kbps~320Kbps. other objects.
2) It can only play WMA music • If you repeatedly connect or dis-
files with the compression rate connect the USB device in a
between 8Kbps~320Kbps. short period of time, it may
• Take precautions for static elec- break the device.
tricity when connecting or dis- • You may hear a strange noise
connecting the external USB when connecting or disconnect-
device. ing a USB device.
(Continued) (Continued)

4 168
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)


• If you disconnect the external • If you use devices such as a USB • Some USB flash memory read-
USB device during playback in hub purchased separately, the ers (such as CF, SD, micro SD,
USB mode, the external USB vehicle’s audio system may not etc.) or external-HDD type
device can be damaged or may recognize the USB device. In that devices can be unrecognizable.
malfunction. Therefore, discon- case, connect the USB device • Music files protected by DRM
nect the external USB device directly to the multimedia termi- (DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-
when the audio is turned off or nal of the vehicle. MENT) are not recognizable.
in another mode. (e.g, Radio, • If the USB device is divided by • The data in the USB memory
CD) logical drives, only the music files may be lost while using this
• Depending on the type and on the highest-priority drive are audio. Always back up impor-
capacity of the external USB recognized by car audio. tant data on a personal storage
device or the type of the files • Devices such as MP3 Player/ device.
stored in the device, there is a Cellular phone/Digital camera can • Please avoid using
difference in the time taken for be unrecognizable by standard USB memory prod-
recognition of the device. USB I/F can be unrecognizable. ucts which can be
• Do not use the USB device for • Charging through the USB may used as key chains or
purposes other than playing not be supported in some mobile cellular phone acces-
music files. devices. sories as they could cause dam-
• Playing videos through the USB • USB HDD or USB types liable to age to the USB jack. Please
is not supported. connection failures due to vehicle make certain only to use plug
• Use of USB accessories such as vibrations are not supported. type connector products.
rechargers or heaters using USB (i-stick type)
I/F may lower performance or • Some non-standard USB devices
cause trouble. (METAL COVER TYPE USB)
(Continued) can be unrecognizable.
(Continued)

4 169
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - USING THE (Continued) (Continued)


iPod® DEVICE • Some iPod® devices, such as the • When connecting iPod® with the
• Some iPod® models may not iPhone® , can be connected iPod® Power Cable, insert the
support communication proto- through the Bluetooth® Wireless connector to the multimedia
col and files may not properly Technology interface. The socket completely. If not insert-
play. device must have audio ed completely, communications
Supported iPod® models: Bluetooth® Wireless Technology between iPod® and audio may
- iPhone® 3GS/4 capability (such as for stereo be interrupted.
- iPod® touch 1st~4th generation headphone Bluetooth® Wireless • When adjusting the sound
- iPod® nano 1st~6th generation Technology). effects of the iPod® and the
- iPod® classic The device can play, but it will audio system, the sound effects
• The order of search or playback not be controlled by the audio of both devices will overlap and
of songs in the iPod® can be dif- system. might reduce or distort the
ferent from the order searched • To use iPod® features within the quality of the sound.
in the audio system. audio, use the cable provided • Deactivate (turn off) the equal-
• If the iPod® is disabled due to its upon purchasing an iPod® izer function of an iPod® when
own malfunction, reset the device. adjusting the audio system’s
iPod®. (Reset: Refer to iPod® • Skipping or improper operation volume, and turn off the equal-
manual) may occur depending on the izer of the audio system when
• An iPod® may not operate nor- characteristics of your iPod®/ using the equalizer of an iPod®.
mally on low battery. iPhone® device. • When not using iPod® with car
(Continued) • If your iPhone® is connected to audio, detach the iPod® cable
both the Bluetooth® Wireless from iPod®. Otherwise, iPod®
Technology and USB, the sound may remain in accessory mode,
may not be properly played. In and may not work properly.
your iPhone®, select the Dock
connector or Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology to change
the sound output (source).
(Continued)

4 170
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Bluetooth® ✽ NOTICE - BEFORE USING ✽ NOTICE - PRECAUTIONS


Wireless Technology THE Bluetooth® FOR SAFE DRIVING
HANDSFREE
• The Bluetooth® word mark and • Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature
logos are registered trademarks What is Bluetooth® ? that enables drivers to practice
owned by Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and • Bluetooth® refers to a short-dis- safe driving. Connecting the head
any use of such marks is under tance wireless networking technol- unit with a Bluetooth® phone
license. ogy which uses a 2.4GHz ~ allows the user to conveniently
A Bluetooth® enabled call phone is 2.48GHz frequency to connect make and receive calls and use
required to use Bluetooth® wire- various devices within a certain contacts. Before using Bluetooth®,
less technology. distance. carefully read the contents of this
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Supported within PCs, external user’s manual.
phone compatibility can be checked devices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs, • Excessive use or operations while
by visiting www. hyundaiusa.com various electronic devices, and driving may lead to negligent driv-
and under the CARING FOR automotive environments, ing practices and result in acci-
YOUR CAR - BLUETOOTH Bluetooth® allows data to be trans- dents. Refrain from excessive
COMPATIBILITY menu. mitted at high speeds without hav- operations while driving.
ing to use a connector cable. • Viewing the screen for prolonged
• Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a periods of time is dangerous and
device which allows the user to may lead to accidents. When driv-
conveniently make phone calls ing, view the screen only for short
with Bluetooth® mobile phones periods of time.
through the audio system.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be sup-
ported in some mobile phones. To
learn more about mobile device com-
patibility, visit www. hyundaiusa.com.

4 171
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE -WHEN CON- (Continued)


NECTING A Bluetooth® • Park the vehicle when connecting
PHONE the head unit with the mobile
phone.
• Before connecting the head unit • Bluetooth® connection may
with the mobile phone, check to become intermittently disconnect-
see that the mobile phone supports ed in some mobile phones. Follow
Bluetooth® features. these steps to try again.
• Even if the phone supports 1. Within the mobile phone, turn
Bluetooth®, the phone will not be the Bluetooth® function off/on
found during device searches if the and try again.
phone has been set to hidden state 2. Turn the mobile phone power
or the Bluetooth® power is turned Off/On and try again.
off. Disable the hidden state or 3. Completely remove the mobile
turn on the Bluetooth® power phone battery, reboot, and then
prior to searching/connecting with again.
the Head unit. 4. Reboot the Audio System and
• After a Bluetooth phone has been try again.
successfully paired, the phone will 5. Delete all paired devices, pair
automatically connect when the and try again.
ignition is turned on. • Handsfree call quality and volume
• If you do not want automatic con- may differ depending on the
nection with your Bluetooth® model of your mobile phone.
device, turn off the Bluetooth® fea-
ture within your mobile phone.
• The Handsfree call volume and
quality may differ depending on
the mobile phone.
(Continued)

4 172
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - USING THE (Continued)


Voice Recognition - When driving on rugged and
uneven roads
- During severe rain (heavy rains,
• When using the voice recognition windstorms)
feature, only commands listed • Phone related voice commands
within the user's manual are sup- can be used only when a
ported. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
• Be aware that during the opera- device is connected.
tion of the voice recognition sys- • When making calls by stating a
tem, pressing any key other than name, the corresponding contact
the key terminate voice recog- must be downloaded and stored
nition mode. within the audio system.
• For superior voice recognition • After downloading the Bluetooth®
performance, position the micro- Wireless Technology phone book,
phone used for voice recognition it takes some times to convert the
above the head of the driver’s seat phone book data into voice infor-
and maintain a proper position mation. During this time, voice
when saying commands. recognition may not properly
• Within the following situations, operate.
voice recognition may not function • Pronounce the voice commands
properly due to background noises naturally and clearly as if in a nor-
which may be picked up by the mal conversation.
overhead microphone.
- When the windows and sunroof
are open
- When the heating and air condi-
tioning fan blower speed is high
- When entering and passing
through tunnels
(Continued)

4 173
Features of your vehicle

The Bluetooth and Voice Recognition Manual is provided in two versions due to software version differences.
Before reading the manual, check the following.

Press the key in FM Radio screen.


1. If you can find "FM <87.5~107.9>" on the screen,
(Go to 4-210 page) (Go to 4-277 page)

2. If you can find "FM <89.1>" on the screen,


(Go to 4-342 page) (Go to 4-411 page)

4 174
Features of your vehicle

■ CD Player : AM1B2DMKN, AM1B3DMAN

4 175
Features of your vehicle

SYSTEM CONTROLLERS • Each time the key is pressed, the 4. PHONE


mode is changed in order of FM1 ➟
AND FUNCTIONS FM2 ➟ AM ➟ XM1 ➟ XM2 ➟ XM3.
• Operates Phone Screen
❈ When a phone is not connected,
❈ In Setup>Display, the radio pop up the connection screen is displayed.
❈ Display and settings may differ screen will be displayed when
depending on the selected audio. [Mode Pop up] is turned On .
When the pop up screen is dis- 5. PWR/VOL knob
played, use the TUNE knob or • Power : Turns power On/Off by
keys 1 ~ 6 to select the pressing the knob
desired mode. • Volume : Sets volume by turning
the knob left/right
3. MEDIA
SEEK
• Changes to CD, USB(iPod®), AUX, 6. TRACK
My Music, BT Audio mode. • Radio Mode : Automatically search-
• Each time the key is pressed, the es for broadcast frequencies.
mode is changed in order of CD, • CD, USB, iPod®, My Music modes
USB(iPod®), AUX, My Music, BT
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 sec-
Audio.
onds): Moves to next or previous song
Audio Head Unit ❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop (file)
up screen will be displayed when
1. (EJECT) - Press and hold the key (over 0.8
[Mode Pop up] is turned On .
• Ejects the disc. seconds): Rewinds or fast-forwards
When the pop up screen is dis-
the current song.
played, use the TUNE knob or
keys 1 ~ 5 to select the • BT Audio mode : Moves to next or
2. RADIO
desired mode. previous song(file)
• Changes to FM/AM/XM mode.
❈ The Play/Pause feature may oper-
ate differently depending on the
mobile phone.

4 176
Features of your vehicle

• In the Radio, Media, Setup, and • CD, USB, My Music mode


Menu pop up screen, the number - Shortly press the key (under 0.8
menu is selected. seconds): Previews each song
(file) for 10 seconds each.
9. DISP ❈ Press the SCAN key again to
• Each time the button is shortly continue listening to the current
pressed (under 0.8 seconds), it song (file).
sets the screen Off ➟ Screen On ➟
Screen Off 11. SETUP
CLOCK
❈ Audio operation is maintained and • Shortly press the key (under 0.8
only the screen will be turned Off. seconds) : Moves to the Display,
In the screen Off state, press any Sound, Clock, Phone, System set-
CAT
key to turn the screen On again. ting modes.
7. FOLDER • Press and hold the key (over 0.8
• Radio Mode 10. SCAN seconds) : Move to the Time set-
- XM RADIO™ : Category Search • Radio Mode ting screen.
• MP3, CD, USB mode : Folder - Shortly press the key (under 0.8
Search seconds): Previews each broad- 12. MENU
cast for 5 seconds each. • Displays menus for the current mode.
8. 1 ~ 6 (Preset) - Press and hold the key (over 0.8
seconds): Previews the broadcasts 13. TUNE knob
• Radio Mode: Saves frequencies
saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5 • Radio mode : Changes frequency
(channels) or receives saved fre-
seconds each. by turning the knob left/right.
quencies (channels)
❈ Press the SCAN key again to • CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode:
• CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode
continue listening to the current Searches songs (files) by turning
- 1 : Repeat frequency. the knob left/right.
- 2 : Random ❈ XM Radio™ does not support the
Preset scan feature.

4 177
Features of your vehicle

❈ When the desired song is dis-


played, press the knob to play the
song.
• Moves focus in all selection menus
and selects menus.

14. DISC-IN LED


• LED that indicates whether a disc is
inserted

4 178
Features of your vehicle

SETUP Mode Pop up Sound Settings


[Mode Pop up] Changes /
On Off
selection mode
Display Settings Press the SETUP key Select [Sound]
• During On state, press the RADIO through TUNE knob or 2 key
or MEDIA key to display the mode Select menu through TUNE knob
Press the SETUP key Select [Display] change pop up screen.
through TUNE knob or 1 key
Select menu through TUNE knob Media Display
When playing an MP3 file, select the
desired display info from ‘Folder/File’
or ‘Album/Artist/Song’.

4 179
Features of your vehicle

Sound Settings Virtual Sound Speed Dependent Volume Control


This menu allows you to set the ‘Bass, The PoewrBass, PowerTreble, and This feature is used to automatically
Middle, Treble’ and the Sound Fader and Surround can be set. control the volume level according to
Balance. the speed of the vehicle.
Select [Virtual Sound] Set menu
Select [Sound Settings] Select through TUNE knob Set On / Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Set
menu through TUNE knob Turn Off through TUNE knob [On/Off] TUNE knob
TUNE knob left/right to set
• PowerBass : This is a sound sys-
• Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the tem feature that provides live bass.
sound tone.
Voice Recognition Volume
• PowerTreble : This is a sound system Adjusts voice recognition volume.
• Fader, Balance : Moves the sound feature that provides live tremble.
fader and balance. Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Set
• Surround : This is a sound system volume of TUNE knob
• Default : Restores default settings. feature that provides surround
❈ Back : While adjusting values, re- sound.
pressing the TUNE knob will
restore the parent menu.

❈ May differ depending on the selected


audio.

4 180
Features of your vehicle

Blue Link® Voice Volume Clock Settings Clock Settings


(for Blue Link equipped model)
® This menu is used to set the time.
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select [Clock] Select [Clock Settings] Set through
Sets the Blue Link® voice recognition through TUNE knob or 3 key TUNE knob Press TUNE knob
volume. Select menu through TUNE knob
❈ While using Blue Link® voice
recognition, turning the tune knob
will display the volume control
popup screen.
❈ May differ depending on the
selected audio.
❈ Adjust the number currently in
focus to set the [hour] and press
the tune knob to set the [minute]
and [AM/PM].

4 181
Features of your vehicle

Calendar Settings Clock Display when Power is


This menu is used to set the date OFF
(MM/DD/YYYY). Select [Clock Disp.(Pwr Off)] Set
On / Off through TUNE knob
Select [Calendar Settings]] Set
through TUNE knob Press • On : Displays time/date on screen
TUNE knob • Off : Turn off.

❈ Adjust the number currently in


focus to make the settings and
press the tune knob to move to the
next setting. (Set in order of
Year/Month/Day)

Time Format
This function is used to set the 12/24
hour time format of the audio system.
Select [Time Format] Set 12Hr /
24Hr through TUNE knob

4 182
Features of your vehicle

SYSTEM SETTINGS Memory Information • Off : This mode is for expert users
Displays currently used memory and and omits some information during
total system memory. voice command operation. (When
Press the SETUP key Select using Expert mode, guidance
[System] through tune knob or 5 Select [Memory Information] OK instructions can be heard through
key Select menu through TUNE The currently used memory is dis- the [Help] or [Menu] commands.
knob played on the left side while the total
system memory is displayed on the
right side. Language
This menu is used to set the display
and voice recognition language.
Select [Language]
Set through TUNE knob

Prompt Feedback
This feature is used to change voice
command feedback between Normal
and Expert modes. ❈ The system will reboot after the
Select [Prompt Feedback] Set language is changed.
through TUNE knob ❈ Language support by region
• On : This mode is for beginner - English, Francais, Espanol
users and provides detailed
instructions during voice command
operation.

4 183
Features of your vehicle

RADIO : FM, AM OR XM Preset SEEK SCAN


Press the 1 ~ 6 key Press the SCAN key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Plays the frequency seconds): The broadcast frequency
saved in the corresponding key. increases and previews each
• Pressing and holding the key (over broadcast for 5 seconds each. After
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding scanning all frequencies, returns
the desired key from 1 ~ 6 and plays the current broadcast fre-
will save the currently playing quency.
SEEK broadcast to the selected key and • Pressing and holding the key (over
SEEK
Press the TRACK key sound a BEEP. 0.8 seconds): Previews the broad-
casts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 for 5 seconds each.
seconds): Changes the frequency.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Automatically search- Selecting through manual
es for the next frequency. search
Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
adjust the frequency.
• FM : Changes by 200KHz
• AM : Changes by 10MHz

4 184
Features of your vehicle

MENU
Within MENU key are the A.Store
(Auto Store) and Info functions.

A.Store
Press the MENU key Set [A.Store]
through TUNE knob or 1 key.
Saves broadcasts with superior
reception to 1 ~ 6 keys. If no
frequencies are received, then the
most recently received frequency will
be broadcast.

4 185
Features of your vehicle

XM RADIO ❈If the “Category” icon is displayed, Category


channels are changed within the CAT
current category. Press the FOLDER key Set through
Using XM satellite™ Radio the TUNE knob
Your vehicle is equipped with a 3 SCAN
month complimentary period of XM
Satellite™ Radio. XM provides Press the SCAN key
access to over 130 channels of • Shortly pressing the key: Previews
music, information, and entertain- each broadcast for 10 seconds
ment programming. each
❈Press the SCAN key again to con- • The display will indicate the cate-
tinue listening to the current fre- gory menus, highlight the category
quency that the current channel belongs
❈If the "Category" icon is displayed, to.
channels are changed within the • In the Category List Mode, press
current category. CAT
the FOLDER key to navigate cat-
egory list.
• Press the tune knob to select the
SEEK lowest channel in the highlighted
SEEK category.
Press the TRACK key
• Shortly pressing the key: select ❈ If channel is selected by selecting
previous or next channel. category, then the “CATEGORY”
• Pressing and holding the key (over icon is displayed at the top of the
0.8 seconds): continuously move screen.
to previous or next channel.

4 186
Features of your vehicle

Preset Tune
Press the 1 ~ 6 key • Rotate TUNE knob : Changes
• Shortly pressing the key: Plays the the channel number or scrolls cate-
frequency saved in the correspon- gory list.
ding key. • Press TUNE knob : Selects the
• Pressing and holding the key (over menu.
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding
the desired key from 1 ~ 6 Menu
will save the current broadcast to
the selected key and sound a Select category menu through the
BEEP. TUNE knob Press the MENU key
Select [ Info] through the TUNE
knob or 1 key

Info (Information)

Displays the Artist/Song info of the


current song.

4 187
Features of your vehicle

BASIC METHOD OF USE : Repeat


Audio CD / MP3 CD / USB / While song (file) is playing 1 RPT
(RPT) key
iPod® / My Music
Audio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod®, My
Music mode: RPT on screen
Press the MEDIA key to change the • To repeat one song (Press the key):
<USB>
mod mode in order of CD ➟ Repeats the current song.
USB(iPod®) ➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT on
Audio. screen
The folder/file name is displayed on • To repeat folder (pressing twice):
the screen. repeats all files within the current
folder.
<My Music> ❈ Press the 1 RPT key again to turn
off repeat.
❈ The CD is automatically played
when a CD is inserted. Random
<Audio CD> ❈ The USB music is automatically While song (file) is playing 2 RDM
played when a USB is connected. (RDM) key
Audio CD, My Music mode: RDM on
screen
• Random (Press the key): Plays all
songs in random order.

<CD MP3>

4 188
Features of your vehicle

MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM on Changing Song/File Folder Search : MP3 CD, USB
screen While song (file) is playing SEEK Mode
TRACK CAT
• Folder Random (Press the key) : key While file is playing FOLDER
Plays all files within the current fold- • Shortly pressing the key : Plays the (Folder Up) key
er in random order. current song from the beginning. • Searches the next folder.
iPod® mode: ALB RDM on screen ❈ If the SEEK
key is pressed While file is playing CAT
FOLDER
TRACK
• Album Random (Press the key) : again within 3 second, the previ- (Folder Down) key
Plays all files within albums of the ous song is played. • Searches the parent folder.
current category in random order. • Pressing and holding the key (over ❈ If a folder is selected by pressing
MP3 CD, USB, iPod® mode: ALL 0.8 seconds): Rewinds the song. the TUNE knob, the first file
RDM on screen While song (file) is playing within the selected folder will be
• All Random (pressing twice): Plays SEEK
TRACK key
played.
all files in random order. • Shortly pressing the key : Plays the ❈ In iPod® mode, moves to the
❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn next song. Parent Folder.
off repeat. • Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Fast forwards the Searching Songs (File)
song.
• Turning TUNE knob : Searches
for songs (files)
Scan
• Pressing TUNE knob : Plays
While song (file) is playing SCAN selected song (file).
key
• Shortly pressing the key : Scans all
songs from the next song for 10
seconds each.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to turn
off.
❈ The SCAN function is not support-
ed in iPod® mode.
4 189
Features of your vehicle

MENU : Audio CD Information MENU : MP3 CD / USB


Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key Press the MENU key Set [ Info] Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key
to set the Repeat, Random, through the TUNE knob or 3 to set the Repeat, Folder Random,
Information features. key to display information of the cur- Folder Repeat, All Random,
rent song. Information, and Copy features.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.

Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT Repeat
key to repeat the current song. Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
❈ Press RPT again to turn off. through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
Random ❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within
the current folder.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.

4 190
Features of your vehicle

Folder Random Information Copy


Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM] Press the MENU key Set [ Info] Press the MENU key Set [ Copy]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM through the TUNE knob or 5 through the TUNE knob or 6
key to randomly play songs within the key to display information of the cur- key.
rent song. • This is used to copy the current
current folder.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off song into My Music. You can play
❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off. info display. the copied Music in My Music
mode.
Folder Repeat ❈ If another key is pressed while
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT] copying is in progress, a pop up
through the TUNE knob or 3 asking you whether to cancel
key to repeat songs within the cur- copying is displayed.
rent folder. ❈ If another media is connected or
❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off. inserted (USB, CD, iPod®, AUX)
while copying is in progress, copy-
ing is canceled.
All Random
❈ Music will not be played while
Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM] copying is in progress.
through the TUNE knob or 4 key
to randomly play all songs within the
CD.
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.

4 191
Features of your vehicle

MENU : iPod® All Random


IniPod® mode, press the MENU key Press the MENU key Set [
to set the Repeat, Album Random, All A.RDM] through the TUNE knob
Random, Information and Search fea- or 3 key.
tures. Plays all songs within the currently
playing category in random order.
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.

Information
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the TUNE knob or 4
key.
Repeat Displays information of the current
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] song.
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
key to repeat the current song. info display.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.
Search
Album Random Press the MENU key Set [ Search]
Press the MENU key Set [ Alb.RDM] through the TUNE knob or 5
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM key. key.
Plays albums within the currently Displays iPod® category list.
playing category in random order. ❈ Searching iPod® category is
❈ Press Alb.RDM again to turn off. MENU key pressed, move to par-
ent category.

4 192
Features of your vehicle

MENU : My Music Mode Random Delete


Press the MENU key Set [ RDM] Press the MENU key Set [ Delete]
In My Music mode, press the MENU through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM through the TUNE knob or 4
key to set the Repeat, Random, key. key.
Information, Delete, Delete All, and Plays all songs in random order. • Deletes currently playing file
Delete Selection features. ❈ Press RDM again to turn random off. In the play screen, pressing delete
will delete the currently playing song.
• Deletes file from list
Information
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the TUNE knob or 3
key.
Displays information of the current
Repeat song.
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT info display. ➀ Select the file you wish to delete
key. by using the TUNE knob.
Repeats the currently playing song. ➁ Press the MENU key and select
the delete menu to delete the
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat selected file.
off.

4 193
Features of your vehicle

Delete All ✽ NOTICE - USING THE My AUX


Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All] Music Feature AUX is used to play external MEDIA
through the TUNE knob or 5 key. • Even if memory is available, a currently connected with the AUX
Deletes all songs of My Music. maximum of 6,000 songs can be terminal.
stored. AUX mode will automatically start
• The same song can be copied up to when an external device is connect-
Delete Selection 1,000 times. ed with the AUX terminal.
• Memory info can be checked in
Press the MENU key Set [ Del.Sel] the System menu of Setup. If an external device is connected,
through the TUNE knob or 6 you can also press the MEDIA key to
key. change to AUX mode.
Songs within My Music are selected ❈ AUX mode cannot be started
and deleted. unless there is an external device
➀ Select the songs you wish to connected to the AUX terminal.
delete from the list.

✽ NOTICE - USING THE AUX


➁ After selecting, press the key and Fully insert the AUX cable into the
select the delete menu. AUX terminal for use.

4 194
Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ❈ Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Using the Bluetooth® Wireless
AUDIO Technology Audio Streaming : Technology audio features
Press the SETUP key Select
• Play / Stop
[Phone] through the tune knob or
What is Bluetooth® Wireless 4 key Select [Audio Press the TUNE knob to play and
Technology? Streaming] through the TUNE pause the current song.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology allows knob Set On / Off
devices to be connected in a short dis-
tance, including hands-free devices, Starting Bluetooth® Wireless
stereo headsets, wireless remote con- Technology Audio
trollers, etc. For more information, visit
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Press the MEDIA key to change the
website at www.Bluetooth.com mode in order of CD ➟ USB ➟ AUX
➟ My Music ➟ BT Audio. ❈ The play / pause functions may
• If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth® not be supported in some mobile
Before using Bluetooth® Wireless Wireless Technology audio will start phones.
Technology audio features playing.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ❈ Audio may not automatically start
audio may not be supported playing in some mobile phones.
depending on the compatibility of
your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
mobile phone.
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio, you must first
pair and connect the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
audio can be used only when the
[Audio Streaming] of Phone is
turned On .

4 195
Features of your vehicle

PHONE PHONE • Check call history and making call


➀ Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds)
the key on the steering
Before using the Bluetooth® Wireless Making a call using the remote controller .
Technology phone features Steering-wheel mount controls
➁ The call history list will be dis-
played on the screen.
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless ➂ Press the key again to con-
Technology phone, you must first nect a call to the selected number.
pair and connect the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
• Redialing the most recently called
• If the mobile phone is not paired or number
connected, it is not possible to
enter Phone mode. Once a phone ➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds)
is paired or connected, the guid- the key on the steering
ance screen will be displayed. remote controller.
• If Priority is set upon vehicle igni- ➁ The most recently called number
tion(IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth® 1) button : Activates voice recog- is redialed.
Wireless Technology phone will be nition.
automatically connected. Even if 2) button : Places and transfers ❈ If call history does not exist, a
you are outside, the first Bluetooth® calls. screen asking whether to down-
Wireless Technology phone will be 3) button : Ends calls or cancels load call history is displayed. (The
automatically connected once you functions. download feature may not be sup-
are in the vicinity of the vehicle. If ported in some mobile phones)
you do not want automatic
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
phone connection, set the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
power to OFF.

4 196
Features of your vehicle

Pairing a Bluetooth® Wireless


Technology Device WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
What is Bluetooth® Wireless that may lead to an accident,
Technology Pairing? severe personal injury, and
Pairing refers to the process of syn- death. The driver’s primary
chronizing your Bluetooth® Wireless responsibility is in the safe and
Technology phone or device with the legal operation of a vehicle, and
car audio system for connection. use of any handheld devices,
Pairing is necessary to connect and other equipment, or vehicle sys-
use the Bluetooth® Wireless tems which take the driver’s
Technology feature. eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehi-
cle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used
during operation of the vehicle.

4 197
Features of your vehicle

Pairing PHONE Key / Key 2. Select [OK] button to enter the [Non SSP supported device]
on the Steering Remote Pair Phone screen. (SSP: Secure Simple Pairing)
Controller 4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed where the passkey is
entered.
When No Devices have been
Paired Hear, enter the passkey “0000” to
pair your Bluetooth® Wireless
1. Press the PHONE key or the Technology device with the car
key on the steering remote con- audio system.
troller. The following screen is dis- 1) Car Name : Name of device as
played. shown when searching from your [SSP supported device]
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device 4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed 6 digits passkey.
2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair
the device Hear, check the passkey on your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device and confirm.
3. From your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device (i.e. Mobile
Phone), search and select your
car audio system.

5. Once pairing is complete, the fol-


lowing screen is displayed.

4 198
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Pairing through [PHONE] ✽ NOTICE


Setup • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
features supported within the
vehicle are as follows. Some fea-
Press the SETUP key Select tures may not be supported
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] depending on your Bluetooth®
Select TUNE knob Wireless Technology device.
- Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree
If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology calls
devices are paired but none are cur- - Operations during a call (Switch to
rently connected, pressing the Private, Switch to call waiting,
PHONE key or the key on the MIC on/off)
steering wheel displays the following - Downloading Call History
screen. Select [Pair] button to pair a - Downloading Mobile Contacts
new device or select [Connect] to The following steps are the same as - Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
connect a previously paired device. those described in the section device auto connection
"When No Devices have been - Bluetooth Audio Streaming
Paired" on the previous page. • Up to five Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology devices can be paired
to the Car Handsfree system.
• Only one Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device can be connect-
ed at a time.
• Other devices cannot be paired
while a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is connected.
• Only Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Handsfree and
Bluetooth audio related features
are supported.
(Continued)
4 199
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) Connecting a Device


• Bluetooth related operations are • After pairing is complete, a con-
possible only with devices that tacts download request is sent
support Handsfree or audio fea- once to the mobile phone. Some Press the SETUP key Select
tures, such as a Bluetooth® mobile phones may require confir- [Phone] Select [Paired Phone List]
Wireless Technology mobile phone mation upon receiving a download
or a Bluetooth audio device. request, ensure your mobile phone
• If a connected Bluetooth® Wireless accepts the connection. Refer to
Technology device becomes dis- your phones user’s manual for
connected due to being out of com- additional information regarding
munication range, turning the phone pairing and connections.
device OFF, or a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology communica-
1) Connected Phone : Device that is
tion error, corresponding
currently connected
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices are automatically searched 2) Paired Phone : Device that is
and reconnected. paired but not connected
• If the system becomes unstable
due to communication errors
between the car Handsfree and the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device, reset the device by turning
off and back on again. Upon reset-
ting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device, the system will
be restored.
(Continued)

4 200
Features of your vehicle

From the paired phone list, select the Changing Priority From the paired phone list, select
device you want to connect and the phone you want to switch to the
select [Connect]. highest priority, then select [Change
What is Priority? Priority] button from the Menu. The
It is possible to pair up to five selected device will be changed to
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology the highest priority.
devices with the car audio system.
The "Change Priority" feature is used
to set the connection priority of
paired phones.

Press the SETUP key Select


[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List]

4 201
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device


Priority icon will be displayed when
the selected phone is set as a priority
Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select
phone.
[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List] [Phone] Select [Paired Phone List]

From the paired phone list, select the From the paired phone list, select the
currently connected device and device you want to delete and select
select [Disconnect] button. [Delete] button.

4 202
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE
• When deleting the currently con-
nected device, the device will auto-
matically be disconnected to pro-
ceed with the deleting process.
• If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is deleted, the
device’s call history and contacts
data will also be deleted.
• To re-use a deleted device, you
must pair the device again.

4 203
Features of your vehicle

USING Bluetooth® Wireless ✽ NOTICE Answering Calls


Technology • If you select the [Call History] but-
ton but there is no call history
data, a prompt is displayed which Answering a Call
Phone Menu Screen asks to download call history data. Answering a call with a Bluetooth®
• If you select the [Contacts] button Wireless Technology device connect-
but there is no contacts data ed will display the following screen.
Phone Menus stored, a prompt is displayed To accept the call, press key on
With a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology which asks to download contacts the steering wheel while the call is
device connected, press the PHONE data. incoming.
key to display the Phone menu screen. • This feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones. For more
information on download support,
refer to your mobile phone user’s
manual.

1) Caller : Displays the other party’s


1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently used name when the incoming caller is
contacts saved for easy access saved within your contacts
2) Call History : Displays call history 2) Incoming Number : Displays the
list screen incoming number
3) Contacts : Displays the Contacts
list
4) Setup : Displays Phone related
settings.

4 204
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Favorites Call History


• When an incoming call pop-up is Press the PHONE key Select
displayed, most Audio and [Favorites]
Press the PHONE key Select [Call
SETUP mode features are dis-
History]
abled. Only the call volume will
operate.
• The telephone number may not be
properly displayed in some mobile
phones.
• When a call is answered with the
mobile phone, the call mode will
automatically revert to Private 1) Saved favorite contact : Connects
mode. call upon selection
A list of incoming, outgoing and
2) To add favorite : Downloaded con- missed calls is displayed.
tacts be saved as favorite.
• Call history may not be saved in the
call history list in some mobile phones.
✽ NOTICE
• Calls received with hidden caller ID
• To save Favorite, contacts should will not be saved in the call history list.
be downloaded.
• Contact saved in Favorites will not • Calling through the call history is
be automatically updated if the not possible when there is no call
contact has been updated in the history stored or a Bluetooth®
phone. To update Favorites, delete Wireless Technology phone is not
the Favorite and create a new connected.
Favorite. • Up to 50 received, dialed and missed
calls are stored in Call History.
• Time of received/dialed calls and call
time information are not saved.
4 205
Features of your vehicle

Contacts ✽ NOTICE (Continued)


• Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your • It is not possible to begin down-
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology loading a contact list when the
Press the PHONE key Select contact download feature has been
phone can be downloaded into the
[Contacts] turned off within the Bluetooth®
car contacts. Contacts that have
been downloaded to the car cannot Wireless Technology device. In
be edited or deleted on the phone. addition, some devices may
• Mobile phone contacts are man- require device authorization upon
aged separately for each paired attempting to download contacts.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology If downloading does not normally
device (max 5 devices x 1,000 con- occur, check the Bluetooth®
tacts each). Previously down- Wireless Technology device set-
loaded data is maintained even if tings or the screen state.
The list of saved phone book entries the Bluetooth® Wireless • The contacts download feature
is displayed. Technology device has been dis- may not be supported in some
connected. (However, the contacts mobile phones. For more informa-
and call history saved to the phone tion of supported Bluetooth®
✽ NOTICE will be deleted if a paired phone is devices and function support,
Find a contact in an alphabetical deleted.) refer to your phone’s user manual.
order, press the MENU key. • It is possible to download contacts
during Bluetooth streaming audio.
• When downloading contacts, the
icon will be displayed within the
status bar.
(Continued)

4 206
Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Viewing Paired Phone List 1) Connect/Disconnect Phone :


Technology Setting Press the SETUP key Select Connect/ disconnects currently
[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List] selected phone
2) Change Priority : Sets currently
Pairing a New Device selected phone to highest connec-
Press the SETUP key Select tion priority
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] 3) Delete : Deletes the currently
selected phone
4) Return : Moves to the previous
screen

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology


devices can be paired with the audio
system.
This feature is used to view mobile
For more information, refer to the phones that have been paired with
“Pairing through Phone Setup” sec- the audio system. Upon selecting a
tion within Bluetooth® Wireless paired phone, the setup menu is dis-
Technology. played.
For more information, refer to the
“Setting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Connection” section with-
in Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.

4 207
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE BEFORE DOWN- Downloading Contacts Outgoing Volume


LOADING CONTACTS Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select
• Only contacts within connected [Phone] Select [Contacts Download] [Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume]
phones can be downloaded. Also
check to see that your mobile
phone supports the download fea-
ture.
• To learn more about whether your
mobile phone supports contacts
downloads, refer to your mobile
phone user’s manual.
• The contacts for only the connect- As the contacts are downloaded Use TUNE knob to adjust the out-
ed phone can be downloaded. from the mobile phone, a download going volume level.
progress bar is displayed.
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE While on a call, the volume can be
• Upon downloading phone con- SEEK
changed by using the TRACK key.
tacts, the previous corresponding
data is deleted.
• This feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
• Voice Recognition may not oper-
ate while contacts are being down-
loaded.

4 208
Features of your vehicle

Turning Bluetooth System Off


Press the SETUP key Select
[Phone] Select [Bluetooth System
Off]
Once Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
is turned off, Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology related features will not be
supported within the audio system.

✽ NOTICE
To turn Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology back on, go to SETUP
[Phone] and select “Yes”.

4 209
Features of your vehicle

VOICE RECOGNITION If prompt feedback is in [ON], then 4) Do not use special characters
the system will say “Please say a (e.g., “@”, “hyphen -”, “asterisk *”,
Using Voice Recognition command after the beep (BEEP)” “ampersand &”).
• If prompt feedback is in [OFF] 5) If a name is not recognized from
mode, then the system will only say the contact list, change it to a
Starting Voice Recognition “(BEEP)” more descriptive name (e.g., use
Shortly press the key on the • To change Prompt Feedback “Grandpa Joseph” instead of “Pa
steering wheel. Say a command. [On]/[Off], go to SETUP [System] Joe”).
[Prompt Feedback]
Skipping Prompt Messages
✽ NOTICE While prompt message is being stat-
For proper recognition, say the com- ed Shortly press the key on the
mand after the voice instruction and steering remote controller
beep tone. The prompt message is immediately
ended and the beep tone will sound.
Contact List Best Practices After the “beep”, say the voice com-
1) Do not store single-name entries mand.
(e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, “Kim”, etc.).
Instead, always use full names Re-starting Voice Recognition
(including first and last names) for
all contacts (e.g., use “Jacob While system waits for a command
Stevenson” instead of “Dad”). Shortly press the key on the
steering remote controller
2) Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use
“Lieutenant” instead of “Lt.” or The command wait state is immedi-
“Sergeant” instead of “Sgt.”). ately ended and the beep will sound.
After the “beep”, say the voice com-
3) Do not use acronyms (i.e., use mand.
“County Finance Department”
instead of “CFD”).

4 210
Features of your vehicle

ENDING VOICE Voice Recognition and Phone


RECOGNITION Contact Tips:
The Hyundai Voice Recognition
While Voice Recognition is operating System may have difficulty under-
Press and hold the key on the standing some accents or uncom-
steering remote controller mon names.
When using Voice Recognition to
✽ NOTICE place a call, speak in a moderate
tone, with clear pronunciation To
• While using voice command, maximize the use of Voice
pressing any steering wheel control Recognition, consider these guide-
or a different key will end voice lines when storing contacts:
command.
• When the system is waiting for a • Do not store single-name entries
voice command, say “cancel” or (e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, etc.). Instead,
“end” to end voice command. always use full names (including first
• When the system is waiting for a and last names) for these contacts
voice command, press and hold the • Do not use special characters (e.g.,
key on the steering wheel to '@', '-', '*', '&', etc.)
end voice command.
• Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use
"Lieutenant" instead of "Lt.") or
acronyms (i.e., use "County Finance
Department" instead of "C. F. D."; Be
sure to say the name exactly as it is
entered in the contacts list

4 211
Features of your vehicle

Illustration on using voice commands More Help


Here are some examples of mode commands.
• Starting voice command. You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'.
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My
Music', or 'iPod®'.
Please say a command after Additionally, there are phone commands like
the beep (BEEP) Beep~ "Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number".
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
More Help manual.
Please say a command after the beep.
More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands.
You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'. • End voice command.
You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Music', or 'iPod®'.
Additionally, there are phone commands like Please say a command after
"Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number". the beep (BEEP) Contacts
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
manual.
Please say a command after the beep. Contacts.
Please say the name of the contact you want
to call.
• Skipping Voice Recognition
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Cancel
Please say a... while guidance message is being stated
Shortly pressing the (BEEP) Beep Beep.. (end beep)
key (under 0.8 seconds)
More Help

4 212
Features of your vehicle

Voice Command List


• Common Commands: These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be
available during certain operations)
Command Function Command Function
More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After saying
used anywhere in the system. (Call by Name) this command, say the name of a contact
Help Provides guidance on commands that can be saved in the Contacts to automatically con-
used within the current mode. nect the call.
Call<Name> Calls <Name> saved in Contacts Dial Number Display the Dial number screen. After saying
Ex) Call “John Smith” this command, you can say the number that
you want to call.
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as
on Mobile "Mobile" in Contacts Redial Connects the most recently called number.
Ex) Call "John Smith" on Mobile Tutorial Provide guidance on how to use voice
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as recognition and Bluetooth® connections.
in Office "Office" in Contacts • When listening to the radio, displays the
Ex) Call "John Smith" in Office next radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟XM1➟
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as XM2➟XM3➟FM1)
at Home "Home" in Contacts Radio • When listening to a different mode, displays
Ex) Call "John Smith" at Home the most recently played radio screen.
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as • When currently listening to the FM radio,
on Other "Other" in Contacts maintains the current state.
Ex) Call "John Smith" on Other • When listening to a different mode, displays
Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com- the most recently played FM screen.
mands. After saying this command, say FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen.
“Favorites”,“Call History”, “Contacts” or ”Dial
Number” execute corresponding functions. FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen.
Favorites Display the Favorite screen. AM Displays the AM screen.
Call History Displays the Call History screen.

4 213
Features of your vehicle

Command Function Command Function


FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcast My Music Plays the music saved in My Music.
saved in FM Preset 1~6. AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device.
AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6. Bluetooth® Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth®
FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding Audio device.
frequency. Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment.
AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding Mute Mutes the sound.
frequency.
XM (Satellite) • When currently listening to the XM, main- Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command.
tains the current state.
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played XM screen.
XM (Satellite) 1~3 Displays the selected XM screen.
XM Channel Plays the selected XM channel.
0~255
Media Moves to the most recently played media
screen.
CD Plays the music saved in the CD.
USB Plays USB music.
iPod® Plays iPod® music.

4 214
Features of your vehicle

• FM/AM radio commands: Commands available during • Satellite radio commands: Commands that can be
FM, AM radio operation used while listening to Satellite Radio.

Command Function Command Function


Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6. Channel 0~255 Play the selected Satellite Radio channel.
Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current
broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. Scan Scans receivable channels from the current
Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
present and plays for 10 seconds each. Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.
Information Displays the information of the current broad- Information Displays the information of the current broad-
cast.(This feature can be used when receiving cast.
RBDS broadcasts.)

4 215
Features of your vehicle

• Audio CD commands: Commands available during • MP3 CD / USB commands: Commands available dur-
Audio CD operation ing USB and MP3 CD operation

Command Function Command Function


Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD. Random Randomly plays the files within the current
Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen- folder.
tial order. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Repeat Repeats the current track. order.
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen- Repeat Repeats the current file.
tial order. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number. order.
Information Displays the information screen of the current file.
Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder
Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder

4 216
Features of your vehicle

• iPod® Commands: Commands available during iPod® • My Music Commands: Commands available during
operation My Music operation

Command Function Command Function


Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files.
category. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Repeat Repeats the current file.
Repeat Repeats the current song. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass an
additional confirmation process.

4 217
Features of your vehicle

• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands:


Commands available during Bluetooth® Wireless
Technologyaudio streaming from mobile phone opera-
tion Command Operation
Command Function
Play Plays the currently paused song.
Pause Pauses the current song.

4 218
Features of your vehicle

Blue Link® The Blue Link® button offers ➀ (Blue Link® Center)
access to enhanced navigation serv- Makes requests for Blue Link® serv-
ices. The " " button offers ice related inquiries and consulta-
Hyundai aims to offer differentiated immediate contact to SOS tions.
customer values through a Emergency Assistance. A detailed
‘Connected Car Life,’ which provides list of commands is available in the A call is connected to the Blue Link®
consumers with fast and reliable IT Blue Link User's Manual. service center employee.
technology. As consumers’ lifestyles Pressing the key again will end the
become more and more mobile in call.
thanks to remarkable advances in Using Rear View Mirror Buttons This feature does not operate when
smart phones, tablet PCs and overall Pressing the Blue Link® buttons you are on a Bluetooth® phone call.
wireless telecommunication, new located on the rear view mirror will
lifestyle patterns demand seamless allow you to make service required
connection between one’s office, inquiries, POI info searches, and ➁ (Blue Link® for POI)
home, outdoors and automobiles. emergency rescues by connecting to • Blue Link® for Voice command
Blue Link® is Hyundai's innovative the Blue Link® Center. Starts Blue Link® voice command.
telematics solution that combines Such features can be used only after Voice receiving voice guidance,
safety, service, and infotainment into subscribing to the Blue Link® service. shortly press the button to convert to
a complete package. It works to both voice command mode. Press and
help simplify Hyundai owners' lives hold the button to end voice com-
and reduce distracted driving. The mand.
Blue Link® " " button offers
access to a voice-response menu of
services. • TBT VR Commands
1. Navigate to
“Navigate to” voice command is used
to request the download of route
data for a new destination, saved
destinations, daily routes and previ-
ous destinations.

4 219
Features of your vehicle

2. Save Destination 5. Voice Guidance


“Save Destination” VR command is “Voice Guidance” VR command CAUTION
used to assign a voice tag to the last allows the user to mute/unmute the • You cannot talk simultaneous-
downloaded destination and store it Turn by Turn(TBT) direction ly on the Bluetooth® phone
in a destination directory. announcements. call and a Blue Link® services
phone all.
• While on a Bluetooth® call,
✽ NOTICE 6. Suspend Route
pressing the key or
The Turn by Turn(TBT) feature “Suspend Route” VR command key will display a message
supports the store of ten(10) destina- allows the user to suspend and indicating that you are cur-
tions in the TBT destinations direc- pause Turn by Turn(TBT) route guid- rently on a call.
tory. ance while in the guidance mode.
• A message will be displayed if
you receive a Bluetooth® call
3. Route Preview 7. Resume Route while already on a Blue Link®
“Route Preview” VR command allows “Resume Route” VR command call. To answer the incoming
the user to preview the route instruc- allows the user to resume Turn by call, press the button on
tions (upcoming maneuver instruc- Turn(TBT) route guidance. the steering wheel controls.
tions) at any time during the route You will not hear a ring to alert
guidance. you that there is an incoming
➂ (Blue Link® for SOS) call.
In the case of an emergency,
4. Destinations List requests for help to the Blue Link®
“Destinations List” VR command center.
allows the user to preview and delete Call is connected to the Blue Link®
the stored destinations with their emergency rescue center. Pressing
associated voice tags in the Turn by the key again will end the call.
Turn destinations directory. If you are already on a Bluetooth®
phone call, the call will end to connect
you to the Blue Link® Emergency
Rescue Center.

4 220
Features of your vehicle

Eco Coach • What is My Eco MPG?


Your actual fuel economy average
over 2.5 minutes.
This value is also shown in bar graph
as your “now” rating.

• What are Eco Rewards?


• What is Eco Coach? If you beat the average (the EPA or
Every 2.5 minutes, Eco Coach com- community), you will receive an Eco
pares your fuel economy against the Reward point.
government tested average (EPA) or See your my Hyundai web page for
other similar Hyundai models (com- more information.
munity), based on your preference.
Each month, or after every tank fill [Eco Driving] will not operate if the
up, Eco Coach rates your extended vehicle ignition is not turned on.
average and gives you a reward star Please operate with the ignition
if you best the average. turned on.
See your My Hyundai web page for
more information.

• What does the bar graph and hori-


zontal line mean?
The horizontal line is adjusted once
per month or at each tank full, based
on your preference; it represents the
EPA combined average or communi-
ty average fuel economy target.

4 221
Features of your vehicle

Turn by Turn ❈ For information on specific


The Turn by Turn feature can be used Blue Link® operations, please refer
through Blue Link®. to the Blue Link® User's Manual
that was provided with your vehi-
cle.

1. Direction Indicator Image


2. Remaining distance until next point
3. The Count bar is divided into a
total of 9 levels.

9 Level 0.5mi 8 Level 0.4mi


7 Level 0.3mi 6 Level 0.2mi
5 Level 0.1mi 4 Level 400ft
3 Level 300ft 2 Level 200ft
1 Level 100ft

4. Next Street name


5. Distance to destination
6. Expected Time Arrival

4 222
Features of your vehicle

■ CD Player : AM9B2DMKN, AM943DMAN

❋ logo will be shown if the HD RadioTM feature is supported.

4 223
Features of your vehicle

SYSTEM CONTROLLERS 2. RADIO SEEK


6. TRACK
AND FUNCTIONS • Convert to Radio mode. • When pressed shortly(under 0.8 sec-
• Each time the key is pressed,the onds)
Audio Head Unit mode is changed in order of FM1, - Radio mode : plays previous/next
(for HD RADIOTM equipped model) FM2, AM, XM1, XM2, XM3. frequency.
- Media (CD/USB/iPod®/My Music)
3. MEDIA modes : changes the track,
• Convert to Media Mode Song(file)
• Each time the key is pressed, the • When pressed and held (Over 0.8
mode is changed in order of CD, seconds)
USB(iPod®), AUX, My Music, BT - Radio mode : continuously changes
Audio. the frequency. Upon release, plays
the
4. PHONE (for Bluetooth® Wireless current frequency.
Technology equipped model) - Media(CD/USB/iPod®/My Music)
• Converts to Phone mode modes : rewinds or fast forwards the
❈ When a phone is not connected, track or file
the connection screen is dis- - During a Handsfree call, controls
played. the call volume.
1. (EJECT) HD/CAT
• Ejects the disc. 5. PWR/VOL knob 7. FOLDER
• Power : Press to turn power • HD RADIO™ : Channel Change
on/off. • XM RADIO™ : Category Search
• Volume : Turn left/right to control • CD/USB/MP3 mode : Search
volume. Folder

4 224
Features of your vehicle

11. SETUP Audio Head Unit


Converts to Setup mode.

12. TUNE knob


• Radio mode : turn to change broad-
cast frequencies.
• Media (CD/USB/iPod®/My Music)
modes : turn to search tracks/chan-
nels/files.

8. DISP
13. DISC-IN LED CAT
• Turns the monitor display on/off. 15. FOLDER
• LED that indicates whether a disc is
inserted. • XM RADIO™ : Category Search
9. CLOCK • CD, USB/MP3 mode : Search
Displays the time/date/day. 14. RESET Folder
• Forced system termination and
10. SCAN system restart.
• Radio Mode : previews all receiv-
able broadcasts for 5 seconds each
• Media (CD/USB/My Music) modes
: previews each song (file) for 10
seconds each.

4 225
Features of your vehicle

Steering remote controller 3. SEEK 4. MODE


• When pressed shortly (under 0.8 • Each time this key is pressed, the
seconds) mode is changed in order of
- Radio mode : searches broad- FM1➟FM2➟AM➟XM1➟XM2➟XM3
cast frequencies saved to pre- ➟CD➟USB or iPod®➟AUX➟My
sets. Music➟BT Audio
- Media (CD/USB/iPod®/My Music/ • If the media is not connected or a
BT Audio) modes : changes the disc is not inserted, corresponding
track, file or chapter. modes will be disabled.
• When pressed and held (over 0.8
seconds) 5.
- Radio mode, automatically • When pressed shortly
searches broadcast frequencies - Starts voice recognition
1. VOLUME and channels
- When selecting during a voice
• Used to control volume. - Media (CD/USB/iPod®/My Music) prompt, stops the prompt and
modes, rewinds or fast forwards converts to voice command wait-
the track or song(file) ing state
2. MUTE - BT Audio mode may not be sup- • When pressed and held (over 0.8 sec-
• Mutes audio volume. ported in some mobile phones. onds)
- Ends voice recognition

4 226
Features of your vehicle

6. 7.
• When pressed shortly • Ends phone call
- When pressed in the phone screen,
displays call history screen
- When pressed in the dial screen,
makes a call
- When pressed in the incoming call
screen, answers the call
- When pressed during call waiting,
switches to waiting call (Call
Waiting)
• When pressed and held (over 0.8 sec-
onds)
- When pressed in the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology Handsfree
wait mode, redials the last call
- When pressed during a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology Handsfree
call, switches call back to mobile
phone (Private)
- When pressed while calling on the
mobile phone, switches call back to
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Handsfree (Operates only when
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Handsfree is connected)

4 227
Features of your vehicle

HD RadioTM Technology HD RadioTM signal delay


(for HD RADIO TM
equipped model) To overcome the delay that digital
Adjacent to traditional main stations systems inherently produce, HD
are extra local FM channels. These RadioTM technology first uses the
HD Radio Technology manufactured HD2/HD3 Channels provide new, audio signal of the analog broadcast-
under license from iBiquity Digital original music as well as deep cuts ing when you tune to an AM station
Corporation. U.S. and Foreign into traditional genre. or to the main channel of a FM sta-
Patents. HD Radio™ and the HD, HD tion. After that, the system will blend
Radio, and “Arc” logos are propri- from analog to digital signal.
etary trademarks of iBiquity Digital
Corp. Digital, CD-quality sound. HD Radio Normally, this blending is very
Technology enables local radio sta- smooth. If you experience a skip in
tions to broadcast a clean digital sig- program content of several seconds,
nal. AM sounds like today’s FM and the radio station has not implement-
FM sounds like a CD. ed HD RadioTM broadcasting correct-
ly. This is not a problem with your
audio system.

Due to the fact that sub channels are


only broadcasting digital, blending
from analog to digital signal is not pos-
sible if you tune to a sub channel. In
this case playback of the sub channel
starts after several seconds, this is a
Program Service Data: Contributes normal function.
to the superior user experience of
HD Radio Technology. Presents song
name, artist, station IDs, HD2/HD3
Channel Guide, and other relevant
data streams.

4 228
Features of your vehicle

RADIO MODE 1. Mode Display


Displays currently operating mode.
Basic Mode Screen
2. Frequency
Displays the current frequency.

3. Preset
Displays current preset number [1] ~
[6].

4. Preset Display
Displays preset buttons.

5. Info
Displays broadcast information.

6. HD
Changes HD Radio channels.

7. A.store
Automatically saves frequencies with
superior reception to Preset buttons.

4 229
Features of your vehicle

HD RADIO MODE 1. Mode Display 8. Info


(for HD RADIOTM equipped model) Displays currently operating mode. Displays broadcast information.

Basic Mode Screen 2. HD Channel 9. HD


Displays information for the currently Changes HD Radio channels.
playing HD Radio broadcast.
10. A.Store
3. Song Information Automatically saves frequencies with
Displays the album, artist, and title superior reception to Preset buttons.
information.

4. Frequency
Displays the current frequency.

5. HD Radio Broadcast Station


Displays the HD Radio broadcast
station name.

6. Preset
Displays currently playing preset
number [1] ~ [6].

7. Preset Display
Displays saved presets.

4 230
Features of your vehicle

Switching to Radio Mode Searching Radio Frequencies Using Radio Mode

Pressing the RADIO key will change Using Seek Selecting Presets/Saving Presets
the operating mode in order of FM1 SEEK
Press the TRACK key to play the Press the Preset button to display
➟FM2➟AM➟XM1➟XM2➟XM3 previous/next frequency. the broadcast information for the fre-
quency saved to each button.
If [Mode Pop up] is turned on within Using TUNE
SETUP [Display], then pressing the
RADIO key will display the Radio
Turn the TUNE knob to select the
Pop-up Mode screen. desired frequency.
• FM : Increases/decreased by
200kHz
• AM : Increases/decreased by
10kHz

Press the 1 ~ 6 buttons to play


the desired preset.

✽ NOTICE
Turn the TUNE knob to move the
focus. Press the knob to select. While listening to a frequency you
want to save as a preset, press and
hold one of the 1 ~ 6 preset
buttons (over 0.8 seconds) to save
the current frequency to the selected
preset.

4 231
Features of your vehicle

Auto Store Listening to HD Radio Changing HD Radio stations


Press the A.Store button to automati- Stations
cally save receivable frequencies to
Preset buttons. Press the button to change
HD Radio Technology is a digital HD Radio station.
radio technology used by AM and
✽ NOTICE FM radio station to transmit audio
and data via a digital signal in con- Viewing Station Information
While Auto Store is operating, press-
ing the [Cancel] button again will junction with their analog signals.
cancel Auto Store and restore the
previous frequency.

Scan
Press the SCAN key to preview fre-
quencies with superior reception for
5 seconds each.
Press and hold the SCAN key (over
0.8 seconds) to preview presets for 5 Press the Info button to view sta-
seconds each. tion information.
While listening to the radio, the HD
Once scan is complete, the previous Radio icon will become displayed if
frequency will be restored. receiving an HD Radio broadcast.
While Scan is operating, pressing
the SCAN key will cancel the scan
operation.

4 232
Features of your vehicle

XM RADIO™ MODE • If you are driving in a valley where ✽ NOTICE


the surrounding hills or peaks There may also be additional
block the signal from the satellite. unforeseen circumstances leading to
Features of your vehicle • If you are driving on a mountain reception problems with the XM
Satellite radio reception road where is the signal blocked by satellite™ radio signal.
mountains. Advisory Messages, such as ‘CH
Unavailable’ may occur when start-
ing XM Radio™.

SATELLITE1
You may experience difficulties in SATELLITE2
receiving XM satellite™ radio signals
in the following situations. • If you are driving in an area with tall
• If you are driving in a tunnel or a trees that block the signal (30 ft.
covered parking area. /10m or more), for example on an
road that goes through a dense for-
• If you are driving beneath the top
est.
level of a multi-level freeway.
• The signal can become weak in
• If you are driving under a bridge.
some areas that are not covered
• If you are driving next to a tall vehi- by the XM repeater network.
cle (such as a truck or a bus) that
blocks the signal.

4 233
Features of your vehicle

XM RADIO™ MODE 1. Mode Display


Displays currently operating mode.
Basic Mode Screen
2. Channel Information
Displays the category, channel num-
ber, channel name, artist and title
information.

3. Preset
Displays currently playing preset
number [1] ~ [6].

4. Preset Display
Displays saved presets.

4 234
Features of your vehicle

Using SEEK Searching Categories Selecting Presets/Saving


Press the
SEEK
TRACK key to play the Select the category by using the
Presets
previous/next channel. HD/CAT
FOLDER
CAT
( FOLDER ) key and press Press the Preset button to display
❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed, the TUNE knob to select. the broadcast information for the
channels are changed within the channel saved to each button.
current category.

Using Tune
Turn the TUNE knob to select the
desired channel.

SCAN
Press the SCAN key to scan all
channels with superior reception for Channels for the selected category
are played. Press the 1 ~ 6 buttons to play
10 seconds each. the desired preset.
Once scan is complete, the previous-
ly played channel will be restored. ✽ NOTICE
During Scan, pressing the SCAN While listening to a channel you
key again will cancel the scan opera- want to save as a preset, press and
tion and restore the previously hold one of the 1 ~ 6 preset
played channel. buttons (over 0.8 seconds) to save
If the “Category” icon is displayed, the current channel to the selected
channels are changed within the cur- preset.
rent category.

4 235
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - USING CDs (Continued) (Continued)


• This device has been manufac- • Clean fingerprints and dust off • Do not use abnormally shaped
tured to be compatible with soft- the disc surface (coated side) with discs (8cm, heart-shaped, octa-
ware bearing the following logo a soft cloth. gon-shaped) as such discs could
marks. • The use of CD-R/CD-RW discs lead to malfunctions.
• Do not clean discs with chemical attached with labels may result in • If the disc is straddled on the disc
solutions, such as record sprays, disc slot jams or difficulties in disc slot without removal for 10 sec-
antistatic sprays, antistatic liq- removal. Such discs may also onds, the disc will automatically
uids, benzene, or thinners. result in noise while playing. be re-inserted into the disc player.
• After using a disc, put the disc • Some CD-R/CD-RW discs may • Only genuine audio CDs are sup-
back in its original case to prevent not properly operate depending ported. Other discs may result in
disc scratches. on the disc manufacturer, produc- recognition failure. (e.g. copy CD-
• Hold discs by their edges or with- tion method and the record R, CDs with labels)
in the center hole to prevent dam- method as used by the user. If
ages to disc surfaces. problems persist, trying using a
• Do not introduce foreign sub- different CD as continued use
stances into the disc insert/eject slot. may result in malfunctions.
Introducing foreign substances • The performance of this product
could damage the device interior. may differ depending on the CD-
• Do not insert two discs simultane- RW Drive Software.
ously. • Copy-protected CDs such as S-
• When using CD-R/CD-RW discs, type CDs may not function in the
differences in disc reading and device. DATA discs cannot be
playing times may occur depend- played. (However, such discs may
ing on the disc manufacturer, pro- still operate but will do so abnor-
duction method and the recording mally.)
method as used by the user. (Continued)
(Continued)

4 236
Features of your vehicle

MEDIA MODE Title Icon


When a Bluetooth® Wireless
Pressing the MEDIA key will change Technology, iPod®, USB, or AUX
the operating mode in order of device is connected or a CD is
CD➟USB(iPod®)➟AUX➟My Music ➟ inserted, the corresponding mode
BT Audio. icon will be displayed.

Icon Title
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
CD
iPod®
USB
If [Mode Pop up] is turned on within AUX
SETUP [Display], then pressing the
MEDIA key will display the Media
Pop-up Mode screen.
Turn the TUNE knob to move the
focus. Press the knob to select.

✽ NOTICE
The media mode pop up screen can
be displayed only when there are
two or more media modes turned
on.

4 237
Features of your vehicle

AUDIO CD MODE 4. Play/Pause


Changes the play/pause state.
Basic Mode Screen
5. Play Time
Displays the current play time.

6. Info
Shows detailed information about
the current track.

7. Random(Shuffle)
Turns the Random(Shuffle) feature
on/off.
1. Mode
Displays currently operating mode.
8. Repeat
Turns the Repeat feature on/off.
2. Operation State
From Repeat/Random(Shuffle)/ Scan,
displays the currently operating func- 9. List
tion. Moves to the list screen.

3. Track Info
Displays information about the cur-
rent track.

4 238
Features of your vehicle

Using Audio CD Mode Changing Tracks Selecting from the List


SEEK
Playing/Pausing CD Tracks Press the TRACK key to move to Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
the previous or next track. search for the desired track.
Once an audio CD is inserted, the
mode will automatically start and
begin playing. ✽ NOTICE
SEEK
• Pressing the TRACK key after the
track has been playing for 2 sec-
onds will start the current track
from the beginning.
SEEK
• Pressing the TRACK key before
the track has been playing for 1
seconds will start the previous
track. Once you find the desired track,
press the TUNE knob to start
playing.
While playing, press the button
to pause and press button to Rewinding / Fast-forwarding
play. Tracks
While playing, press and hold the
✽ NOTICE SEEK
TRACK key (over 0.8 seconds) to
• Only genuine audio CDs are sup- rewind or fast-forward the current
ported. Other discs may result in track.
recognition failure (e.g. copy CD-
R, CDs with labels) Scan
• The artist and title information are
displayed on the screen if track Press the SCAN key to play the first
information is included within the 10 seconds of each file.
audio CD.

4 239
Features of your vehicle

Audio CD Mode Menu Repeat


Within this mode, you will have Press the Repeat button to repeat the
access to the Info, Random(Shuffle), current track. Press the button again
Repeat and List features. to turn the repeat feature off.
• Repeat : Repeats the current track.

List
Press the List button to display the
track list screen.

Info
Press the Info button to display
details about the current disc.

Random(Shuffle)
Press the Shuffle button to play tracks Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
in random(Shuffle) order. search for tracks. Once the desired
Press the Shuffle button again to turn track is displayed, press the knob to
the Random(Shuffle) feature off. select and play.
• Random(Shuffle): Plays all tracks in
random(Shuffle) order.

4 240
Features of your vehicle

MP3 CD MODE 4. File Info 11. List


Displays information about the cur- Moves to the list screen.
Basic Mode Screen rent file.

5. Play/Pause
Changes the play/pause state.

6. Play Time
Displays the current play time.

7. Info
Shows detailed information about
the current file.

1. Mode
8. Random(Shuffle)
Displays currently operating mode.
Turns the Random(Shuffle) feature
on/off.
2. Operation State
From Repeat/Random(Shuffle)/ 9. Repeat
Scan, displays the currently operat-
ing function. Turns the Repeat feature on/off.

3. File Index 10. Copy


Displays the current file number. Copies the current file into My Music

4 241
Features of your vehicle

Using MP3 CD Mode Changing Files Rewinding / Fast-forwarding Files


SEEK
Press the TRACK key to move to While playing, press and hold the
the previous or next file. SEEK
TRACK key (over 0.8 seconds) to
Playing/Pausing MP3 Files rewind or fast-forward the current file.
Once an MP3 disc is inserted the ✽ NOTICE
mode will automatically start and SEEK
being playing. • Pressing the TRACK key after the Scan
file has been playing for 2 seconds Press the SCAN key to play the first
will start the current file from the 10 seconds of each file.
beginning.
SEEK
• Pressing the TRACK key before
the file has been playing for 1 sec- Searching Folders
onds will start the previous file. HD/CAT CAT
Press the FOLDER ( FOLDER ) key to
select and search folders.
Selecting from the List Once the desired folder is displayed,
Turn the TUNE knob left/right to press the TUNE knob to select.
search for the desired file.
While playing, press the button
to pause and press button to
play.

✽ NOTICE
If there are numerous files and fold-
ers within the disc, reading time
could take more than 10 seconds
and the list may not be displayed or The first file within the selected fold-
song searches may not operate. Once you find the desired file, press er will begin playing.
Once loading is complete, try again. the TUNE knob to start playing.

4 242
Features of your vehicle

MP3 CD Mode Menu ✽ NOTICE Repeat


Within this mode, you will have • When the ‘Folder File’ option is set Press the Repeat button to repeat the
access to the Info, Random(Shuffle), as the default display within current file or folder.
Repeat, Copy and List features. Display setup, the album/artist/file Each time the button is pressed, the
information are displayed as feature changes in order of Repeat
detailed file information. ➟Repeat Folder➟Off.
• When the ‘Album Artist Song’ • Repeat: Repeats the current file.
option is set as the default display,
the folder name/file name are dis- • Repeat Folder: Repeats all files
played as detailed file information. within the current Folder.
• The title, artist and album info are
displayed only when such informa- Copying Files
tion are recorded within the MP3
file ID3 tag. Press the Copy button to copy the
current file into My Music.
Info Random(Shuffle)
Press the Info button to display Press the Shuffle button to play files
✽ NOTICE
details about the current file. in random(Shuffle) order. Selecting another feature during
Each time the button is pressed, the copying will display a pop-up asking
feature changes in order of Random whether you wish to cancel copying.
(Shuffle) Folder ➟ Random (Shuffle) To cancel, select 'Yes’.
All➟ Off.
• Random(Shuffle) Folder : Plays all
files within the current folder in
Random (Shuffle) order.
• Random(Shuffle) All : Plays all files
in Random(Shuffle) order.

4 243
Features of your vehicle

List
Press the List button to display the
file list screen.

Turn the TUNE knob left/right to


search for files. Once the desired file
is displayed, press the knob to select
and play.

4 244
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - USING THE (Continued) (Continued)


USB DEVICE • Some USB devices may not be • Do not use the USB I/F to
• Connect the USB device after supported due to compatibility charge batteries or USB acces-
turning on the engine. The USB issues. sories that generate heat. Such
device may become damaged if • Avoid contact between the USB acts may lead to worsened per-
it is already connected when the connector with bodily parts or formance or damage to the
ignition is turned on.The USB foreign objects. device.
device may not operate properly • Repeated connecting/discon- • The device may not recognize
if the car ignition is turned on or necting of USB devices within the USB device if separately
off with the USB device connect- short periods of time may result purchased USB hubs and exten-
ed. in product malfunction. sion cables are being used.
• Heed caution to static electricity • A strange noise may occur when Connect the USB directly with
when connecting/disconnecting disconnecting the USB. the multimedia terminal of the
USB devices. • Make sure to connect/discon- vehicle.
• Encoded MP3 Players will not nect external USB devices with • When using mass storage USB
be recognized when connected the audio power turned off. devices with separate logical
as an external device. • The amount of time required to drives, only files saved to the
• When connecting an external recognize the USB device may root drive can be played.
USB device, the device may not differ depending on the type, • Files may not properly operate
properly recognize the USB is in size or file formats stored in the if application programs are
some states. USB. Such differences in time installed to the USBs.
• Only products formatted with are not indications of malfunc- • The device may not operate nor-
byte/sectors under 64Kbyte will tions. mally if MP3 Players, cellular
be recognized. • The device only supports USB phones, digital cameras, or
• This device recognizes USB devices used to play music files. other electronic devices (USB
devices formatted in FAT • USB images and videos are not devices not recognized as
12/16/32 file formats. This supported. portable disk drives) are con-
device does not recognize files in (Continued) nected with the device.
NTFS file format.
(Continued)
4 245
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued)
• Charging through the USB may • Avoid use of USB
not work for some mobile memory products
devices. that can also be used
• The device may not support as key chains or
normal operation when using a mobile phone acces-
USB memory type besides sories. Use of such products may
(Metal Cover Type) USB cause damage to the USB jack.
Memory. • Connecting an MP3 device or
• The device may not support phone through various chan-
normal operation when using nels, such as AUX/BT or Audio/
formats such as HDD Type, CF, USB mode may result in pop
or SD Memory. noises or abnormal operation.
• The device will not support files
locked by DRM (Digital Rights
Management.)
• USB memory sticks used by
connecting an Adaptor (SD
Type or CF Type) may not be
properly recognized.
• The device may not operate
properly when using USB HDDs
or USBs subject to connection
failures caused by vehicle vibra-
tions. (e.g. i-stick type)
(Continued)

4 246
Features of your vehicle

USB MODE 4. File Info 11. List


Displays information about the cur- Moves to the list screen.
Basic Mode Screen rent file.

5. Play/Pause
Changes the play/pause state.

6. Play Time
Displays the current play time.

7. Info
Displays detailed information for the
current file.
1. Mode
Displays currently operating mode. 8. Random(Shuffle)
Turns the Random(Shuffle) feature
on/off.
2. Operation State
From Repeat/Random(Shuffle)/
Scan, displays the currently operat- 9. Repeat
ing function. Turns the Repeat feature on/off.

3. File Index 10. Copy


Displays the current file number. Copies the current file into My Music.

4 247
Features of your vehicle

Using USB Mode ✽ NOTICE Selecting from the List


• Loading may require additional Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
time if there are many files and search for the desired file.
Playing/Pausing USB Files
folders within the USB and result
Once a USB is connected, the mode in faulty list display or file search-
will automatically start and begin ing. Normal operations will resume
playing a USB file. once loading is complete.
• The device may not support nor-
mal operation when using a USB
memory type besides (Metal Cover
Type) USB Memory.

Changing Files
SEEK
Press the TRACK keys to move to Once you find the desired file, press
the previous or next file. the TUNE knob to start playing.

While playing, press the button ✽ NOTICE Rewinding / Fast-forwarding Files


to pause and press button to • Pressing the SEEK
TRACK key after the While playing, press and hold the
play. file has been playing for 2 seconds SEEK
TRACK key (over 0.8 seconds) to
will start the current file from the rewind or fast-forward the current file.
beginning.
SEEK
• Pressing the TRACK key before
the file has been playing for 1 sec- Scan
onds will start the previous file. Press the SCAN key to play the first
10 seconds of each file.

4 248
Features of your vehicle

Searching Folders USB Mode Menu ✽ NOTICE


HD/CAT CAT
Press the FOLDER ( FOLDER )key Within this mode, you will have • When the ‘Folder File’ option is set
to select and search folders. access to the Info, Random(Shuffle), as the default display within Display
Repeat, Copy and List features. setup, the album/artist/file informa-
tion are displayed as detailed file
information.
• When the ‘Album Artist Song’
option is set as the default display,
the folder name/file name are dis-
played as detailed file information.
• The title, artist and album info are
displayed only when such informa-
tion are recorded within the MP3
Once the desired folder is displayed, file ID3 tag.
press the TUNE knob to select.
The first file within the selected fold- Info Random(Shuffle)
er will begin playing. Press the Info button to display Press the Shuffle button to play files
details about the current file. in random(Shuffle) order.
Each time the button is pressed, the
feature changes in order of
Random(Shuffle) Folder➟Random
(Shuffle) All➟Off.
• Random(Shuffle) Folder : Plays the
files in the current folder in ran-
dom(Shuffle) order.
• Random(Shuffle) All : Plays all files
in random(Shuffle) order.

4 249
Features of your vehicle

Repeat List
Press the Repeat button to repeat the Press the List button to display the
current file or folder. file list screen.
Each time the button is pressed, the
feature changes in order of Repeat➟
Repeat Folder ➟ Off.
• Repeat (Icon) : Repeats the current
file.
• Repeat Folder (Icon) : Repeats all
files within the current folder.

Copying Files
Press the Copy button to copy the Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
current file into My Music. search for files. Once the desired file
is displayed, press the knob to select
and play.
✽ NOTICE
Selecting another feature during
copying will display a pop-up asking
whether you wish to cancel copying.
To cancel, select 'Yes’.

4 250
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - USING THE (Continued) (Continued)


iPod® DEVICE • When the EQ features of an • If your iPhone® is connected to
• iPod® is a registered trademark external device, such as the both the Bluetooth® Wireless
of Apple Inc. iPod®, and the audio system are Technology and USB, the sound
• In order to use the iPod® while both active, EQ effects could may not be properly played. In
operating the keys, you must use overlap and cause sound deteri- your iPhone®, select the Dock
a dedicated iPod® cable. (the oration and distortion. connector or Bluetooth®
cable that is supplied when pur- Whenever possible, turn off the Wireless Technology to change
chasing iPod®/iPhone® prod- EQ feature within the external the sound output (source).
ucts) device upon use by connecting • iPod® mode cannot be operated
• If the iPod® is connected to the with the audio system. when the iPod® cannot be recog-
vehicle while it is playing, a high • Noise may occur when an iPod® nized due to versions that do not
pitch sound could occur for or AUX device is connected. support communication proto-
approximately 1-2 seconds When such devices are not cols.
immediately after connecting. If being used, disconnect the • For fifth generation iPod® Nano
possible, connect the iPod® to device for storage. devices, the iPod® may not be
the vehicle with the iPod® • When the iPod® or AUX device recognized when the battery
stopped/paused. power is connected to the power level is low. Please charge the
• During ACC ON state, connect- jack, playing the external device iPod® for use.
ing the iPod® through the iPod® may result in noise. In such • Search/play orders shown within
cable will charge the iPod® cases, disconnect the power con- the iPod® device may differ with
through the car audio system. nection before use. the orders shown within the
• When connecting with the iPod® • Skipping or improper operation audio system.
cable, make sure to fully insert may occur depending on the • If the iPod® malfunctions due to
the jack to prevent communica- characteristics of your iPod® an iPod® device defect, reset the
tion interference. /iPhone® device. iPod® and try again. (To learn
(Continued) (Continued) more, refer to your iPod® manu-
al)
(Continued)

4 251
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) iPod® MODE 4. Song Info


• Some iPod®s may not sync with Displays information about the cur-
the System depending on its ver- Basic Mode Screen rent song.
sion. If the Media is removed
before the Media is recognized, 5. Play/Pause
then the system may not proper-
ly restore the previously operat- Changes the play/pause state.
ed mode. (iPad® charging is not
supported.) 6. Play Time
Displays the current play time.

7. Random(Shuffle)
Turns the Random(Shuffle) feature
on/off.
1. Mode
Displays currently operating mode. 8. Repeat
Turns the Repeat feature on/off.
2. Operation State
From Repeat/Random(Shuffle), dis- 9. List
plays the currently operating func- Moves to the list screen.
tion.

3. Song Index
Displays the current song/total num-
ber of songs.

4 252
Features of your vehicle

Using iPod® Mode Changing Songs Searching Categories


SEEK
Press the TRACK key to move to Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
the previous or next song. search for the desired category.
Playing/Pausing iPod® Songs
Once an iPod® is connected, the
mode will automatically start and ✽ NOTICE
SEEK
begin playing an iPod® song. • Pressing the TRACK key after the
song has been playing for 2 sec-
onds will start the current song
from the beginning.
SEEK
• Pressing the TRACK key before
the song has been playing for 1 sec-
onds will start the previous song.
• Slight time differences may exist Once you find the desired category,
depending your iPod® product. press the TUNE knob to select
and play.
Rewinding / Fast-forwarding
Songs
While playing, press the button
While playing, press and hold the
✽ NOTICE
to pause and press button to
play. SEEK
key (over 0.8 seconds) to There are eight categories that can be
TRACK
searched, including Playlists, Artists,
rewind or fast-forward the current Albums, Genres, Songs, Composers,
✽ NOTICE song. Audiobooks and Podcasts.
iPod®s with unsupported communi-
cation protocols may not properly
operate in the audio system.

4 253
Features of your vehicle

Category Menu ✽ NOTICE


Within the iPod® Category menu, • If the search mode is accessed
you will have access to the , while playing a song, the most
Home, and features. recently searched category is dis-
played.
• Search steps upon initial connec-
tion may differ depending on the
type of iPod® device.

1. : Displays the play screen


2. Home : Moves to the iPod® root cat-
egory screen
3. : Moves to the previous cate-
gory

4 254
Features of your vehicle

iPod® Mode Menu Repeat AUX MODE


Within this mode, you will have Press the Repeat button to repeat the
access to the Random(Shuffle), current song. Press the button again Using AUX Mode
Repeat and List features. to turn the repeat feature off.
• Repeat : Repeats the current song
Press the MEDIA key Select [AUX]
List
Press the List button to display the
Category Menu.

Random(Shuffle)
Press the Shuffle button to play An external device can be connected
songs in random(Shuffle) order. to play music.
Each time the button is pressed, the
feature changes in order of Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
Random(Shuffle) Album➟Random search for the desired category.
(Shuffle) All➟Off.
Once you find the desired category,
• Random(Shuffle) Album : Shuffle press the TUNE knob to select
Album plays album in and play.
Random(Shuffle) order.
• Random(Shuffle) All : Plays all
songs in Random(Shuffle) order.

4 255
Features of your vehicle

Connecting an External Device ✽ NOTICE


External audio players (Camcorders, • If an external device connector is
car VCR, etc.) can be played through connected with the AUX terminal,
a dedicated cable. then AUX mode will automatically
operate. Once the connector is dis-
connected, the previous mode will
be restored.
• AUX mode can be used only when
an external audio player (cam-
corder, car VCR, etc.) has been
connected.
• The AUX volume can be con-
trolled separately from other
audio modes.
• Connecting a connector jack to the
AUX terminal without an external
device will convert the system to
AUX mode, but only output noise.
When an external device is not
being used, also remove the con-
nector jack.
• When the external device power is
connected to the power jack, play-
ing the external device may output
noise. In such cases, disconnect the
power connection before use.
• Fully insert the AUX cable to the
AUX jack upon use.

4 256
Features of your vehicle

MY MUSIC MODE 4. File Info 11. List


Displays information about the cur- Moves to the list screen.
Basic Mode Screen rent file.

5. Play/Pause
Changes the play/pause state.

6. Play Time
Displays the current play time.

7. Info
Displays detailed information for the
current file.

1. Mode 8. Random(Shuffle)
Displays currently operating mode. Turns the Random(Shuffle) feature
on/off.
2. Operation State
From Repeat/Random(Shuffle)/ 9. Repeat
Scan, displays the currently operat- Turns the Repeat feature on/off.
ing function.

10. Delete
3. File Index
Deletes the current file.
Displays the current file/total number
of files.

4 257
Features of your vehicle

Using My Music Mode Changing Files Rewinding / Fast-forwarding Files


SEEK
Press the TRACK key to move to While playing, press and hold the
the previous or next file. SEEK
TRACK key (over 0.8 seconds) to
Playing/Pausing My Music Files rewind or fast-forward the current file.
✽ NOTICE
SEEK Scan
• Pressing the TRACK key after the
file has been playing for 2 seconds Press the SCAN key to play the first
will start the current file from the 10 seconds of each file.
beginning.
SEEK
• Pressing the TRACK key before
the file has been playing for 1 sec-
onds will start the previous file.

While playing, press the button Selecting from the List


to pause and press button to Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
play. search for the desired file.

✽ NOTICE
If there are no files saved within My
Music, the [My Music] button will
be disabled.

Once you find the desired file, press


the TUNE knob to start playing.

4 258
Features of your vehicle

My Music Mode Menu Random List


Within this mode, you will have Press the Shuffle button to play files Press the List button to display the
access to the Info, Random(Shuffle), in random order. Press the button file list screen.
Repeat, Delete and List features. again to turn the Random feature off.

Repeat
Press the Repeat button to repeat the
current song. Press the button again
to turn the repeat feature off.

Deleting Files
Press the Delete button to delete the
current file. Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
Info search for files. Once the desired file
is displayed, press the knob to select
Press the Info button to display and play.
details about the current file.

✽ NOTICE
The title, artist and album info are
displayed only when such informa-
tion is recorded within the MP3 file
ID3 tag.

4 259
Features of your vehicle

List Menu 1) : Moves to the previous screen ✽ NOTICE


From the List screen, it is possible to 2) Sellect All: Selects all files • If there is memory available, up to
delete files you previously saved into 3) Unsellet All: Deselects all selected 6,000 files can be saved.
My Music. files • Identical files cannot be copied
4) Delete: Deletes selected files more than 1,000 times.
• To check memory information, go
to SETUP [System] [Memory
After selecting the files you want to Information]
delete, press the Delete button to
delete the selected files.

Press the Select All button or individ-


ually select the files you want to
delete. Once files are selected, the
Unselect All button and Delete buttons
will be enabled.

4 260
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - USING THE (Continued)


Bluetooth® Wireless • When returning to Bluetooth®
Technology Audio Mode Wireless Technology Audio mode
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology after ending a call, the mode may
Audio Mode can be used only not automatically restart in some
when a Bluetooth® Wireless mobile phones.
Technology phone has been con- • Receiving an incoming call or mak-
nected. ing an outgoing call while playing
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Audio Mode will not be available Audio may result in audio interfer-
when connecting mobile phones ence.
that do not support this feature.
• While Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Audio is playing, if the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
phone is connected, then the music
will also stop.
• Moving the Track up/down while
playing Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio mode may
result in pop noises in some mobile
phones.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
streaming audio may not be sup-
ported in some mobile phones.
(Continued)

4 261
Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless ✽ NOTICE Changing Files


Technology AUDIO MODE The play/pause feature may operate
SEEK
Press the TRACK key to move to
differently depending on the mobile the previous or next file.
Using Bluetooth® Wireless phone.
Technology Audio Mode Setting Connection
If a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Playing/Pausing Bluetooth® device has not been connected, press
Wireless Technology Audio the SETUP key [Phone] button to
display the Bluetooth® Wireless
Once a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology connection screen.
Technology device is connected, the
mode will automatically start. It is possible to use the pair phone,
connect/disconnect and delete fea-
tures from your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone.

While playing, press the button


to pause and press button to
play.

4 262
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE
• If the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio is not operating
properly, check whether the fea-
ture is turned off at SETUP
[Phone] [Streaming Audio]. If the
feature is off, turn back on and try
again.
• If music is not yet playing from
your mobile device after converting
to Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Audio mode, pressing the play but-
ton once may start playing the
mode. Check to see that music is
playing from the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device after
converting to Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Audio Mode.

4 263
Features of your vehicle

Pairing a Bluetooth® Wireless Pairing Using the PHONE Button


Technology Device or the Steering Wheel Control
Button
What is Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Pairing? When No Devices have been
Pairing refers to the process of syn- Paired
chronizing your Bluetooth® Wireless 1. Press the PHONE key or the
Technology phone or device with the key on the steering remote con-
car audio system for connection. troller. The following screen is dis-
Pairing is necessary to connect and played. 1) Car Name : Name of device as
use the Bluetooth® Wireless 2. Press the OK button to enter shown when searching from your
Technology feature. the Pair Phone screen. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device
2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair the
device

3. From your Bluetooth® Wireless


Technology device (i.e. Mobile
Phone), search and select your
car audio system.

4 264
Features of your vehicle

[Non SSP supported device] ✽ NOTICE Pairing through [PHONE]


(SSP: Secure Simple Pairing) Setup
4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed where the passkey is Press the SETUP key Select
entered. [Phone] Select [Pair Phone]
Hear, enter the passkey “0000” to Select TUNE knob
pair your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device with the car
audio system.

[SSP supported device] If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology


4. After a few moments, a screen is devices are paired but none are cur-
displayed 6 digits passkey. rently connected, pressing the
Hear, check the passkey on your PHONE key or the key on the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology steering wheel displays the following
device and confirm. screen. Press the [Pair] button to
pair a new device or press the The following steps are the same as
[Connect] to connect a previously those described in the section
paired device. "When No Devices have been
Paired" on the previous page.

5. Once pairing is complete, the fol-


lowing screen is displayed.

4 265
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE • Bluetooth related operations are • After pairing is complete, a con-


• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology possible only with devices that sup- tacts download request is sent once
features supported within the vehi- port Handsfree or audio features, to the mobile phone. Some mobile
cle are as follows. Some features such as a Bluetooth® Wireless phones may require confirmation
may not be supported depending Technology mobile phone or a upon receiving a download
on your Bluetooth® Wireless Bluetooth audio device. request, ensure your mobile phone
Technology device. • If a connected Bluetooth® Wireless accepts the connection. Refer to
- Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree Technology device becomes discon- your phones user’s manual for
calls nected due to being out of commu- additional information regarding
- Operations during a call (Switch to nication range, turning the device phone pairing and connections.
Private, Switch to call waiting, OFF, or a Bluetooth® Wireless
MIC on/off) Technology communication error,
- Downloading Call History corresponding Bluetooth® Wireless
- Downloading Mobile Contacts Technology devices are automati-
- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology cally searched and reconnected.
device auto connection • If the system becomes unstable due
- Bluetooth Audio Streaming to communication errors between
• Up to five Bluetooth® Wireless the car Handsfree and the
Technology devices can be paired Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
to the Car Handsfree system. device, reset the device by turning
• Only one Bluetooth® Wireless off and back on again. Upon reset-
Technology device can be connect- ting Bluetooth® Wireless
ed at a time. Technology device, the system will
• Other devices cannot be paired be restored.
while a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is connected.
• Only Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Handsfree and
Bluetooth audio related features
are supported.

4 266
Features of your vehicle

Connecting a Device From the paired phone list, select the Changing Priority
Press the SETUP key Select device you want to connect and
[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List] press the Connect button.
What is Priority?
It is possible to pair up to five
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices with the car audio system.
The "Change Priority" feature is used
to set the connection priority of
paired phones.

Press the SETUP key Select


[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List]
1) Connected Phone : Device that is
currently connected
2) Paired Phone : Device that is
paired but not connected

4 267
Features of your vehicle

From the paired phone list, select ✽ NOTICE Disconnecting a Device


the phone you want to switch to the Priority icon will be displayed when
highest priority, then press the the selected phone is set as a priority
Change priority button from the Menu. Press the SETUP key Select
phone.
The selected device will be changed [Phone] Select [Paired Phone List]
to the highest priority.

From the paired phone list, select the


currently connected device and
press the Disconnect button.

4 268
Features of your vehicle

Deleting a Device ✽ NOTICE


• When deleting the currently con-
Press the SETUP key Select nected device, the device will auto-
[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List] matically be disconnected to pro-
ceed with the deleting process.
• If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is deleted, the
device’s call history and contacts
data will also be deleted.
• To re-use a deleted device, you
must pair the device again.

From the paired phone list, select the


device you want to delete and press
the Delete button.

4 269
Features of your vehicle

4) Contacts : Displays the Contacts Favorites


USING Bluetooth® Wireless list screen
Technology Press the PHONE key Select
5) Setup : Displays Phone related [Favorites]
settings.
Phone Menu Screen
✽ NOTICE
Phone Menus • If you press the [Call History] but-
With a Bluetooth® Wireless ton but there is no call history
Technology device connected, press data, a prompt is displayed which
the PHONE key to display the Phone asks to download call history data.
menu screen. • If you press the [Contacts] button
but there is no contacts data
stored, a prompt is displayed
which asks to download contacts 1) Saved favorite contact : Connects
data. call upon selection
• This feature may not be supported 2) To add favorite : Downloaded con-
in some mobile phones. For more tacts be saved as favorite.
information on download support, 3) Delete All : Delete all stored
refer to your mobile phone user’s favorite contacts
manual.
✽ NOTICE
1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently used • To save Favorite, contacts should
contacts saved for easy access be downloaded.
2) Dial Number : Displays the dial • Contact saved in Favorites will not
screen where numbers can be be automatically updated if the
dialed to make calls contact has been updated in the
3) Call History : Device the call histo- phone. To update Favorites, delete
ry list screen the Favorite and create a new
Favorite.
4 270
Features of your vehicle

Calling by Dialing a Number Answering Calls ✽ NOTICE


• When an incoming call pop-up is
displayed, most Audio and
Press the PHONE key Select [Dial Answering a Call SETUP mode features are dis-
Number] Answering a call with a Bluetooth® abled. Only the call volume will
Wireless Technology device connect- operate.
ed will display the following screen. • The telephone number may not be
properly displayed in some mobile
phones.
• When a call is answered with the
mobile phone, the call mode will
automatically revert to Private
mode.

1) Dial Pad : Used to enter phone


number
2) Call : If a number has been 1) Caller : Displays the other party’s
entered, calls the number If no name when the incoming caller is
number has been entered, switch- saved within your contacts
es to call history screen 2) Incoming Number : Displays the
3) End : Deletes the entered phone incoming number
number 3) Accept : Accept the incoming call
4) Delete : Deletes entered numbers 4) Reject : Reject the incoming call
one digit at a time

4 271
Features of your vehicle

During a Handsfree Call Call History • Call history may not be saved in
the call history list in some mobile
phones.
Press the PHONE key Select [Call • Calls received with hidden caller ID
History] will not be saved in the call history
list.
• Calling through the call history is
not possible when there is no call
history stored or a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone is not
connected.
1) Caller : Displays the other party’s • Up to 50 received, dialed and
name if the incoming caller is missed calls are stored in Call
saved within your contacts History.
2) Incoming Number : Displays the • Time of received/dialed calls and
incoming number A list of incoming, outgoing and call time information are not saved.
3) Call time : Displays the call time missed calls is displayed.
4) End : Ends call Press the Download button to down-
load the call history.
5) Private : Converts to Private mode
6) Out Vol. : Sets call volume as
heard by the other party 1) Call History :
7) Mute : Turns Mic Mute On/Off - Displays recent calls (call history)
- Connects call upon selection
✽ NOTICE 2) Download : Download Recent Call
History
If the mic is muted, the other party
will not be able to hear your voice.

4 272
Features of your vehicle

Contacts ✽ NOTICE • It is not possible to begin down-


• Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your loading a contact list when the con-
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology tact download feature has been
Press the PHONE key Select turned off within the Bluetooth®
phone can be downloaded into the
[Contacts] Wireless Technology device. In
car contacts. Contacts that have
been downloaded to the car cannot addition, some devices may require
be edited or deleted on the phone. device authorization upon
attempting to download contacts.
• Mobile phone contacts are man- If downloading does not normally
aged separately for each paired occur, check the Bluetooth®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Wireless Technology device set-
device (max 5 devices x 1,000 con- tings or the screen state.
tacts each). Previously downloaded
data is maintained even if the • The contacts download feature
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology may not be supported in some
device has been disconnected. mobile phones. For more informa-
The list of saved phone book entries (However, the contacts and call tion of supported Bluetooth®
is displayed. Press the Download but- history saved to the phone will be devices and function support, refer
ton to download the call history. deleted if a paired phone is delet- to your phone’s user manual.
ed.)
1) Contacts List : • It is possible to download contacts
during Bluetooth streaming audio.
-Displays downloaded contacts
entries • When downloading contacts, the
icon will be displayed within the
-Connects call upon selection status bar.
2) Sort by : Find a contact in an
alphabetical order.
3) Download : Download contacts
entries

4 273
Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Viewing Paired Phone List 3) Delete : Deletes the currently
Technology Setting Press the SETUP key Select selected phone
[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List] 4) Change Priority : Sets currently
selected phone to highest connec-
Pairing a New Device tion priority
Press the SETUP key Select
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone]

This feature is used to view mobile


phones that have been paired with
the audio system. Upon selecting a
paired phone, the setup menu is dis-
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology played.
devices can be paired with the audio
system. For more information, refer to the
“Setting Bluetooth® Wireless
For more information, refer to the Technology Connection” section
“Pairing through Phone Setup” sec- within Bluetooth® Wireless
tion within Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
Technology.

1) : Moves to the previous


screen
2) Connect/Disconnect Phone :
Connect/ disconnects currently
selected phone
4 274
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE BEFORE DOWN- Downloading Contacts Outgoing Volume


LOADING CONTACTS Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select
• Only contacts within connected [Phone] Select [Contacts Download] [Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume]
phones can be downloaded. Also
check to see that your mobile
phone supports the download fea-
ture.
• To learn more about whether
your mobile phone supports con-
tacts downloads, refer to your
mobile phone user’s manual.
• The contacts for only the connect-
ed phone can be downloaded.
As the contacts are downloaded Use the , buttons to adjust the
from the mobile phone, a download outgoing volume level.
progress bar is displayed.
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE While on a call, the volume can be
• Upon downloading phone contacts, SEEK
changed by using the TRACK key.
the previous corresponding data is
deleted.
• This feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
• Voice Recognition may not operate
while contacts are being down-
loaded.

4 275
Features of your vehicle

Turning Bluetooth System Off ✽ NOTICE


Press the SETUP key Select To turn Bluetooth® Wireless
[Phone] Select [Bluetooth System Technology back on, go to SETUP
Off] [Phone] and press “Yes”.
Once Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology is turned off, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology related features
will not be supported within the audio
system.

4 276
Features of your vehicle

VOICE RECOGNITION If prompt feedback is in [ON], then 4) Do not use special characters
the system will say “Please say a (e.g., “@”, “hyphen -”, “asterisk *”,
Using Voice Recognition command after the beep (BEEP)” “ampersand &”).
• If prompt feedback is in [OFF] 5) If a name is not recognized from
mode, then the system will only say the contact list, change it to a
Starting Voice Recognition “(BEEP)” more descriptive name (e.g., use
Shortly press the key on the • To change Prompt Feedback “Grandpa Joseph” instead of “Pa
steering wheel remote controller. Say [On]/[Off], go to SETUP [System] Joe”).
a command. [Prompt Feedback]
Skipping Prompt Messages
✽ NOTICE While prompt message is being stat-
For proper recognition, say the com- ed Shortly press the key on the
mand after the voice instruction and steering remote controller.
beep tone. The prompt message is immediately
ended and the beep tone will sound.
Contact List Best Practices After the “beep”, say the voice com-
1) Do not store single-name entries mand.
(e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, “Kim”, etc.).
Instead, always use full names Re-starting Voice Recognition
(including first and last names) for
all contacts (e.g., use “Jacob While system waits for a command
Stevenson” instead of “Dad”). Shortly press the key on the
steering remote controller.
2) Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use
“Lieutenant” instead of “Lt.” or The command wait state is immedi-
“Sergeant” instead of “Sgt.”). ately ended and the beep ton will
sound. After the “beep”, say the voice
3) Do not use acronyms (i.e., use command.
“County Finance Department”
instead of “CFD”).

4 277
Features of your vehicle

❈ Illustration on using voice commands More Help


Here are some examples of mode commands.
• Starting voice command. You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'.
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My
Music', or 'iPod®'.
Please say a command after Additionally, there are phone commands like
the beep (BEEP) Ding~ "Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number".
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
More Help manual.
Please say a command after the beep.
More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands. • End voice command.
You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'. Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My
Music', or 'iPod®'. Please say a command after
Additionally, there are phone commands like the beep (BEEP) Ding~
"Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number".
You can find more detailed commands in the user's Contacts
manual.
Please say a command after the beep.
Contacts
Please say the name of the contacts you want
• Skipping Voice Recognition to call (BEEP)
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Cancel
Please say a...

Shortly pressing the (BEEP) Di-Ding~(Cancel Sound)


key (under 0.8 seconds)
More Help

4 278
Features of your vehicle

Voice Command List


• Common Commands: These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be
available during certain operations)
Command Function Command Function
More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After saying
used anywhere in the system. (Call by Name) this command, say the name of a contact
Help Provides guidance on commands that can be saved in the Contacts to automatically con-
used within the current mode. nect the call.
Call<Name> Calls <Name> saved in Contacts Dial Number Display the Dial number screen. After saying
Ex) Call “John Smith” this command, you can say the number that
you want to call.
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as
on Mobile "Mobile" in Contacts Redial Connects the most recently called number.
Ex) Call "John Smith" on Mobile Tutorial Provide guidance on how to use voice
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as recognition and Bluetooth® connections.
in Office "Office" in Contacts • When listening to the radio, displays the
Ex) Call "John Smith" in Office next radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟XM1➟
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as XM2➟XM3➟FM1)
at Home "Home" in Contacts Radio • When listening to a different mode, displays
Ex) Call "John Smith" at Home the most recently played radio screen.
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as • When currently listening to the FM radio,
on Other "Other" in Contacts maintains the current state.
Ex) Call "John Smith" on Other • When listening to a different mode, displays
Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com- the most recently played FM screen.
mands. After saying this command, say FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen.
“Favorites”,“Dial Number”, “Call History” or
“Contacts” execute corresponding functions. FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen.
Favorites Display the Favorite screen. AM Displays the AM screen.
Call History Displays the Call History screen.

4 279
Features of your vehicle

Command Function Command Function


FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcast My Music Plays the music saved in My Music.
saved in FM Preset 1~6. AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device.
AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6. Bluetooth® Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth®
FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding device.
frequency. Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment.
AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding Mute Mutes the sound
frequency.
Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command.
XM (Satellite) • When currently listening to the XM, main-
tains the current state.
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played XM screen.
XM (Satellite) 1~3 Displays the selected XM screen.
XM Channel Plays the selected XM channel.
0~255
Media Moves to the most recently played media
screen.
CD Plays the music saved in the CD.
USB Plays USB music.
iPod® Plays iPod® music.

4 280
Features of your vehicle

• FM/AM radio commands: available during FM, AM • Satellite radio commands: Commands that can be
radio operation used while listening to Satellite Radio.

Command Function Command Function


Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6. Channel 0~255 Play the selected Satellite Radio channel.
Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current
broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.
present and plays for 10 seconds each. Information Displays the information of the current broad-
Information Displays the information of the current broad- cast.
cast.(This feature can be used when receiving
RBDS broadcasts.)

4 281
Features of your vehicle

• Audio CD commands: Commands available during • MP3 CD / USB commands: Commands available during
Audio CD operation USB and MP3 CD operation

Command Function Command Function


Play Plays the currently paused track. Play Plays the currently paused file.
Pause Pauses the current track. Pause Pauses the current file.
Shuffle Randomly plays the tracks within the CD. Shuffle Randomly plays the files within the current
Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen- folder.
tial order. Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Repeat Repeats the current track. order.
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen- Repeat Repeats the current file.
tial order. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number. order.
Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder
Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder

4 282
Features of your vehicle

• iPod® Commands: Commands available during iPod® • My Music Commands: Commands available during
operation My Music operation

Command Function Command Function


Play Plays the currently paused song. Play Plays the currently paused file.
Pause Pauses the current song. Pause Pauses the current file.
Shuffle Randomly plays the songs within the current Shuffle Randomly plays all saved files.
category. Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Repeat Repeats the current file.
Repeat Repeats the current song. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass an
additional confirmation process.

4 283
Features of your vehicle

SETUP Display Settings Mode Pop-up


Press the SETUP key Select
Starting Mode [Display] Select [Mode Pop up]
Adjusting the Brightness
Press the SETUP key to display the Press the SETUP key Select
Setup screen. [Display] Select [Brightness]

This feature is used to display the


Mode Pop-up screen when entering
radio and media modes.
You can select and control options Use the , buttons to adjust the
related to [Display], [Sound], When this feature is turned on,
screen brightness or set the pressing the RADIO or MEDIA key
[Clock/Calendar], [Phone] and Brightness on Automatic, Daylight, or
[System]. will display the Mode Pop-up screen.
Night mode.
Press the Default button to reset.
✽ NOTICE
The media Mode Pop-up screen can
1) Automatic : Adjusts the brightness be displayed only when two or more
automatically media modes have been connected.
2) Daylight : Always maintains the
brightness on high
3) Night : Always maintains the
brightness on low

4 284
Features of your vehicle

MP3 Information Display Sound Settings Use the , , , buttons to


Press the SETUP key Select adjust the Fader/Balance settings.
[Display] Select [Media Display] Use the , buttons to adjust the
Sound Settings Bass/Middle/Treble settings.
Press the SETUP key Select Press the Default button to reset.
[Sound] Select [Sound Setting]

This feature is used to change the


information displayed within USB
and MP3 CD modes.

1) Folder File : Displays file name


and folder name
2) Album Artist Song : Displays
album name/artist name/song

4 285
Features of your vehicle

Virtual Sound SDVC (Speed Dependent Volume Voice Recognition Volume


Press the SETUP key Select Control) Press the SETUP key Select
[Sound] Select [Virtual Sound] Press the SETUP key Select [Sound] Select [Voice Recognition
[Sound] Select [Speed Dependent Vol.]
Vol.]

This feature is used to set the Power Turn the TUNE knob to adjust the
Bass, Power Treble and Surround Voice Recognition volume.
sound options. The volume level is controlled auto-
matically according to the vehicle
speed. SDVC can be set by selecting
from On/Off.

4 286
Features of your vehicle

Touch Screen Beep Blue Link Voice Volume Clock/Calendar Setting


Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select Clock Setting
[Sound] Select [Touch Screen [Sound] Select [Blue Link Voice
Press the SETUP key Select
Beep] Vol.]
[Clock/Calendar] Select [Clock
Settings]
Use the , buttons to set the
Hour, Minutes setting and select
AM/PM.

Turn the TUNE knob to adjust the


This feature is used to turn the touch Blue Link Voice Volume.
screen beep on/off.

❈ Blue Link® may differ depending


on the selected audio.
✽ NOTICE
Press and hold the CLOCK key (over
0.8 seconds) to set the
Clock/Calendar screen.

4 287
Features of your vehicle

Calendar Setting Time Format Clock Display


Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select
[Clock/Calendar] Select [Calendar [Clock/Calendar] Select [Time Format] [Clock/Calendar] Select [Clock
Settings] Display (Power off)]
This feature is used to display a clock
on the screen when the audio sys-
tem is turned off.

This feature is used to change the


Use the , buttons to set the clock format between 12hr or 24hr.
Month, Day and Year setting.

4 288
Features of your vehicle

System Setting Prompt Feedback Language


Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select
[System] Select [Prompt Feedback] [System] Select [Language]
HD Radio™ On/Off
Press the SETUP key Select
[System] Select [FM], [AM]

This feature is used to select the This feature is used to change the
desired prompt feedback option from system and voice recognition lan-
ON and OFF. guage.
This feature is used to set whether to If the language is changed, the sys-
receive FM/AM HD Radio™ broad- tem will restart and apply the select-
casts. 1) ON : When using voice recognition, ed language.
provides detailed guidance
prompts
2) OFF : When using voice recogni-
tion, omits some guidance prompts

4 289
Features of your vehicle

Memory Information REAR VIEW CAMERA


Press the SETUP key Select (if equipped)
[System] Select [Memory Information]
• The system has been equipped
with a rear view camera for user
safety by allowing a wider rear
range of vision.
• The rear view camera will automat-
ically operate when the ignition key
is turned ON and the transmission
shift lever is positioned into reverse
(R).
• The rear view camera will automat-
This feature displays information ically stop operating when set to a
related to system memory. the transmission shift lever is posi-
tioned to another gear.
1) Using : Displays capacity currently
in use CAUTION
2) Capacity : Displays total capacity The rear view camera has been
equipped with an optical lens to
provide a wider range of vision
and may appear different from
the actual distance. For safety,
directly check the rear and
left/right sides.

4 290
Features of your vehicle

Blue Link® The Blue Link® button offers ➀ (Blue Link® Center)
access to enhanced navigation serv- Makes requests for Blue Link® serv-
ices. The " " button offers imme- ice related inquiries and consulta-
Hyundai aims to offer differentiated diate contact to SOS Emergency tions.
customer values through a Assistance. A detailed list of com-
‘Connected Car Life,’ which provides mands is available in the Blue Link A call is connected to the Blue Link®
consumers with fast and reliable IT User's Manual. service center employee.
technology. As consumers’ lifestyles Pressing the key again will end the
become more and more mobile in call.
thanks to remarkable advances in Using Rear View Mirror Buttons This feature does not operate when
smart phones, tablet PCs and overall Pressing the Blue Link® buttons you are on a Bluetooth® phone call.
wireless telecommunication, new located on the rear view mirror will
lifestyle patterns demand seamless allow you to make service required
connection between one’s office, inquiries, POI info searches, and ➁ (Blue Link® for POI)
home, outdoors and automobiles. emergency rescues by connecting to • Blue Link® for Voice command
Blue Link® is Hyundai's innovative the Blue Link® Center. Starts Blue Link® voice command.
telematics solution that combines Such features can be used only after Voice receiving voice guidance,
safety, service, and infotainment into subscribing to the Blue Link® service. shortly press the button to convert to
a complete package. It works to both voice command mode. Press and
help simplify Hyundai owners' lives hold the button to end voice com-
and reduce distracted driving. The mand.
Blue Link® " " button offers
access to a voice-response menu of
services. • TBT VR Commands
1. Navigate to
“Navigate to” voice command is used
to request the download of route
data for a new destination, saved
destinations, daily routes and previ-
ous destinations.

4 291
Features of your vehicle

2. Save Destination 5. Voice Guidance


“Save Destination” VR command is “Voice Guidance” VR command CAUTION
used to assign a voice tag to the last allows the user to mute/unmute the • You cannot talk simultaneous-
downloaded destination and store it Turn by Turn(TBT) direction ly on the Bluetooth® phone
in a destination directory. announcements. call and a Blue Link® services
phone all.
• While on a Bluetooth® call,
✽ NOTICE 6. Suspend Route
pressing the key or
The Turn by Turn(TBT) feature “Suspend Route” VR command key will display a message
supports the store of ten(10) destina- allows the user to suspend and indicating that you are cur-
tions in the TBT destinations direc- pause Turn by Turn(TBT) route guid- rently on a call.
tory. ance while in the guidance mode.
• A message will be displayed if
you receive a Bluetooth® call
3. Route Preview 7. Resume Route while already on a Blue Link®
“Route Preview” VR command allows “Resume Route” VR command call. To answer the incoming
the user to preview the route instruc- allows the user to resume Turn by call, press the button on
tions (upcoming maneuver instruc- Turn(TBT) route guidance. the steering wheel controls.
tions) at any time during the route You will not hear a ring to alert
guidance. you that there is an incoming
➂ (Blue Link® for SOS) call.
In the case of an emergency,
4. Destinations List requests for help to the Blue Link®
“Destinations List” VR command center.
allows the user to preview and delete Call is connected to the Blue Link®
the stored destinations with their emergency rescue center. Pressing
associated voice tags in the Turn by the key again will end the call.
Turn destinations directory. If you are already on a Bluetooth®
phone call, the call will end to connect
you to the Blue Link® Emergency
Rescue Center.

4 292
Features of your vehicle

Eco Coach • What does the bar graph and hori-


zontal line mean?
The horizontal line is adjusted once
per month or at each tank full, based
on your preference; it represents the
EPA combined average or communi-
ty average fuel economy target.

• What is My Eco MPG?


Your actual fuel economy average
• What is Eco Coach? over 2.5 minutes.
Every 2.5 minutes, Eco Coach com- This value is also shown in bar graph
pares your fuel economy against the as your “now” rating.
government tested average (EPA) or
other similar Hyundai models (com- • What are Eco Rewards?
munity), based on your preference. If you beat the average (the EPA or
Each month, or after every tank fill community), you will receive an Eco
up, Eco Coach rates your extended Reward point.
average and gives you a reward star
if you best the average. See your my Hyundai web page for
more information.
See your My Hyundai web page for
more information.
[Eco Driving] will not operate if the
vehicle ignition is not turned on.
Please operate with the ignition
turned on.

4 293
Features of your vehicle

Turn by Turn ❈ For information on specific


The Turn by Turn feature can be used Blue Link® operations, please refer
through Blue Link®. to the Blue Link® User's Manual
that was provided with your vehi-
cle.

1. Direction Indicator Image


2. Remaining distance until next point
3. The Count bar is divided into a
total of 9 levels.

9 Level 0.5mi 8 Level 0.4mi


7 Level 0.3mi 6 Level 0.2mi
5 Level 0.1mi 4 Level 400ft
3 Level 300ft 2 Level 200ft
1 Level 100ft

4. Next Street name


5. Distance to destination
6. Expected Time Arrival
7. Current Street name
4 294
Features of your vehicle

How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors, such as AM reception
the distance from the radio station,
FM reception closeness of other strong radio sta-
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.

JBM002

JBM001
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broad-
AM and FM radio signals are broad- casts. This is because AM radio
cast from transmitter towers located waves are transmitted at low fre-
around your city. They are intercept- quencies. These long distance, low
ed by the radio antenna on your vehi- frequency radio waves can follow the
cle. This signal is then processed by curvature of the earth rather than
the radio and sent to your vehicle travelling straight. In addition, they
speakers. curve around obstructions resulting
When a strong radio signal has in better signal coverage.
reached your vehicle, the precise
engineering of your audio system
ensures the best possible quality
reproduction. However, in some
cases the signal coming to your vehi-
cle may not be strong and clear.

4 295
Features of your vehicle

FM radio station

JBM003 JBM004 JBM005


FM broadcasts are transmitted at • Fading - As your vehicle moves • Station Swapping - As an FM sig-
high frequencies and do not bend to away from the radio station, the nal weakens, another more power-
follow the earth's surface. Because signal will weaken and sound will ful signal near the same frequency
of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade. When this occurs, may begin to play. This is because
begin to fade within short distances we suggest that you select another your radio is designed to lock onto
from the station. Also, FM signals are stronger station. the clearest signal. If this occurs,
easily affected by buildings, moun- • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or select another station with a
tains, and obstructions. This can lead large obstructions between the stronger signal.
to undesirable or unpleasant listen- transmitter and your radio can dis- • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
ing conditions which might lead you turb the signal causing static or signals being received from sever-
to believe a problem exists with your fluttering noises to occur. Reducing al directions can cause distortion
radio. The following conditions are the treble level may lessen this or fluttering. This can be caused by
normal and do not indicate radio effect until the disturbance clears. a direct and reflected signal from
trouble: the same station, or by signals
from two stations with close fre-
quencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition
has passed.

4 296
Features of your vehicle

Using a cellular phone or a two- Caring for CDs • Depending on the type of CD-
way radio R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may
• If the temperature inside the car is too
When a cellular phone is used inside not operate normally according to
high, open the car windows to venti- the manufacturing companies. In
the vehicle, noise may be produced late before using the system.
from the audio system. This does not such circumstances, continued
• It is illegal to copy and use use may cause malfunctions to
mean that something is wrong with MP3/WMA files without permission.
the audio equipment. In such a case, your audio system.
Use CDs that are created only by
try to operate mobile devices as far lawful means.
from the audio equipment as possible.
• Do not apply volatile agents, such ✽ NOTICE - Playing an
as benzene and thinner, normal Incompatible Copy Protected
CAUTION cleaners and magnetic sprays Audio CD
When using a communication made for analogue disc onto CDs. Some copy protected CDs, which do
system such as a cellular phone • To prevent the disc surface from not comply with international audio
or a radio set inside the vehicle, getting damaged, hold CDs by the CD standards (Red Book), may not
a separate external antenna edges or the center hole only. play on your car audio. Please note
must be fitted. When a cellular • Clean the disc surface with a piece
that inabilities to properly play a
phone or a radio set is used of soft cloth before playback (wipe copy protected CD may indicate
with an internal antenna alone, it from the center to the outside that the CD is defective, not the CD
it may interfere with the vehi- edge). player.
cle's electrical system and • Do not damage the disc surface or
adversely affect safe operation attach pieces of sticky tape or
of the vehicle. paper.
• Make certain only CDs are insert-
ed into the CD player (Do not insert
WARNING more than one CD at a time).
Do not use a cellular phone • Keep CDs in their cases after use to
while driving. Stop at a safe protect them from scratches or dirt.
location to use a cellular phone.

4 297
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE
Order of playing files (folders) :
WARNING
1. Song playing order : to • Do not stare at the screen
sequentially. while driving. Staring at the
2. Folder playing order : screen for prolonged periods
❋ If no song file is contained in the of time could lead to traffic
folder, that folder is not displayed. accidents.
• Do not disassemble, assem-
ble, or modify the audio sys-
tem. Such acts could result in
accidents, fire, or electric
shock.
• Using the phone while driving
may lead to a lack of attention of
traffic conditions and increase
the likelihood of accidents.
Use the phone feature after
parking the vehicle.
• Heed caution not to spill water
or introduce foreign objects
into the device. Such acts
could lead to smoke, fire, or
product malfunction.
(Continued)

4 298